Novomatic UNITY Casinol

45M

002P

1UK-

03

© 08 2006Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

Wiener Strasse 158 . A-2352 Gumpoldskirchen . Austria . Europe . Tel.: +43-2252-606 . www.austrian-gaming.com . e-mail: [email protected]

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

For Multi-Player System:

Novo Multi-Table Roulette™ FV680 Terminal FS695 Novo Unity Server FS696 Game Server FS681 8 Player Configuration FS690 Roulette Bowl FS773 Animation Display

Novo Unity Server Version: 1.0.8.0 or higher

User Manual

P a g e 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G E N E R A L I N F O R M A T I O N

45M

002P

1UK-

03

All technical information contained in this manual has been developed and compiled with great care and has been reproduced taking advantage of advanced controlling mechanisms. The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes to this manual at any time.

AUSTRIAN GAMING INDUSTRIES GmbH gives no guarantee and accepts no legal responsibility (neither as a liability nor in any other way) for any errors and consequences that may arise from incorrect statements or incorrect use.

The author welcomes any notifications of errors or ambiguities. The product names used in this manual may be registered trademarks and / or brands of the relevant companies belonging to the Novomatic Group. All rights reserved.

Any form of reproduction (printing, photocopying or other means) of any part of this manual, and any processing, multiplying and distributing by the use of electronic systems shall be prohibited unless AUSTRIAN GAMING INDUSTRIES GmbH has given written consent.

This manual is a part of the device and must be passed on together with the device to any new owner or holder of the device. It must be kept for the whole useful life of the device and must be accessible to technical staff at all times.

The instructions contained in this manual must be strictly observed.

This manual was created in accordance with the European norm EN 62079:2001 and is valid forNovo Multi-Table Roulette™ Novo Unity Server Version: 1.0.8.0 or higheruntil a newer version is released. The version number of the User Manual is indicated as the identification number on the inner page margin.For identification of the device refer to the ID plate attached on either side of the device.The plate also contains the necessary official approval symbol (CE, CSA).

Space for official approval symbol

Illustr. 0.1 ID plate

Copyright AUSTRIAN GAMING INDUSTRIES GmbHNOVOMATIC GROUP OF COMPANIESWiener Strasse 1582352 Gumpoldskirchen, Austria, EuropeInternet: www.austrian-gaming.com

Technical Support Tel.: +43 2252 606-285 Fax: +43 2252 607-001 E-Mail: [email protected]

P a g e 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

This Manual is intended to be a permanent source of reference for the user. The individual sections contain important information on: • Handling • Operation • Service • Repairs

This Manual is divided into nine sections. Each part explains specific aspects relating to the operation of the system.

Part I Introduction General information of the machine. General information of individual components and elements. Dimensions of the installation.

Part II System Information General information on the game.

Part III Gaming Instructions Comprehensive instructions for game play.

Part IV Game Manager Explains the software, the accounting as well as the configuration and initialisation options of the terminal.

Part V Novo Unity Server Explains the software, the accounting as well as the configuration and initialisation options of the Novo Unity Server.

Part VI Game Server Explains the software of the Game Server.

Part VII Error Handling Contains a description of the possible error messages and handling.

Part VIII Maintenance Describes the maintenance work for all component parts of the installation.

Part IX Hardware Describes the individual component parts of the installation.

Annex A EC- Certificate of conformity for the various machine types. Certificate of Conformity

Annex B List of Illustrations Contains illustrations used in the manual.

Annex C Novo CAM Describes the Novo Camera Analysing Module.

INFORMATION

Please note that this manual may contain sections which do not relate to the installation as actually delivered to you and which therefore may not be relevant.

About this Manual

P a g e 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Table of ContentsPart I Introduction I.1 Dimensions of the Terminals 15 I.2 Dimensions of the 8 Player Configuration - FS681 19 I.3 Dimensions of the Roulette Bowl (Airwheel) - FS690 20 I.4 Dimensions of the Novo Unity Server - FS695PC and of the Game Server - FS696PC 21 I.5 Dimensions of the Game Server - FS696PC 22 I.6 Dimensions of the Dealer Board 22 I.7 Dimensions of the Animation Display - FS773 23 I.8 Dimensions of the Camera TMC-6700/TMC-6760 24 I.9 Description of Components - Terminals 25 I.10 Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681) 27 I.11 Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690) 28 I.12 Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC) 29 I.13 Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC) 30 I.14 Description of Components - Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination 32 I.15 Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773) 34

Part II System Information II.1 Inspection (damage in transport) 37 II.2 Installation Instructions 37 II.3 Power Up 37 II.4 Safety Precautions 38 II.5 Cash System 41 II.6 Mechanical Meters 42 II.7 Doors 43 II.8 Novo Unity 47 II.9 Network Configuration 51

Part III Gaming Instructions III.1 Gaming Instructions for Novo Multi-Table Roulette™ 59

Part IV Game Manager (Terminal) IV.1 Audit Menu 105 IV.2 Remote 109 IV.3 Reset Data 111 IV.4 Service 115 IV.5 Finances 143 IV.6 Printer 157 IV.7 Shutdown Game 161 IV.8 Previous Games 162

Part V Novo Unity Server V.1 General Information 167 V.2 Novo Unity Server 213 V.3 Multi Game 231 V.3.1 Installed Game 231 V.3.2 Novo Multi-Table Roulette™ 269

P a g e 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Table of ContentsPart VI Game Server VI.1 Main Window 305 VI.2 Additional Game Server Window 311 VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ 317 VI.4 Roulette Server Options 319

Part VII Error Handling VII.1 Lack of Line Voltage 323 VII.2 Error Handling Procedure 325 VII.3 Error Messages - Overview 327 VII.4 Error Clearing 329

Part VIII Maintenance 363

Part IX Hardware Description of Components - Terminals 375 Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681) 378 Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690) 379 Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC) 380 Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC) 381 Description of Components - Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination 383 Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773) 385

IX.1 Main Power Supply 387 IX.2 Switching Power Supply 393 IX.3 Bill Acceptor 397 IX.4 Coin Acceptor 403 IX.5 Hopper 407 IX.6 Ticket Printer 411 IX.7 Mechanical Meters 419 IX.8 Illumination 423 IX.9 Monitor 427 IX.10 Touchscreen 431 IX.11 Multi-Interface 433 IX.12 Logic Unit (PC) 437 IX.13 Security Board 453 IX.14 Animation Display PC 457 IX.15 Network Distributor (HUB) 461 IX.16 Barcode Reader (Cashdesk) 463 IX.17 Monitor (Server) 467 IX.18 Server PC 471 IX.19 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 475 IX.20 Modem 479 IX.21 Server Interface Board 481 IX.22 Top Light 483 IX.23 Airwheel for Novo Multi-Roulette™ 489 IX.24 Camera 505 IX.25 Dealer Panel 507 IX.26 Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ 51

P a g e 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

A Animation Display Device to show game animation.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Audit Key A key that allows service staff to access certain data of the machine and make adjustments.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Audit Menu Menu item with which to adjust various parameters of the machine and in which to view the machine accounting data.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

B Backplane A board which contains the connection sockets and plug connections to which additional electronic devices, boards or cards can be attached if required.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Barcode A barcode is a sequence of vertical lines of varying widths representing binary data (ticket).

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Bill Acceptor Device for examination and collection or rejection of bills (e. g. WBA, GPT, etc.)

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Bill Acceptor Channel The bill acceptor comprises of various software channels to detect and accept different kinds of bills.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

BIOS Abbr.: Basic Input Output System. In the BIOS, settings are made for basic hardware components including hard disk and keyboard.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Black Box A system for logging accounting transactions in an external device.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

C Camera The camera transmits live images (for example of the Roulette wheel) to each terminal and to the plasma monitor (animation display) in real time.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Coin Acceptor Device for examination or rejection of coins.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

COM Abbr.: Communications Port; this is a serial interface.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CPU Abbr.: Central Processing Unit; refers to the central processor component that performs all the calculations.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CRC Abbr.: Cyclic Redundancy Checking; this is a method of detecting errors in data flows.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Credits Deposit, gaming currency.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CRT Abbr.: Cathode Ray Tube; refers to monitors where the image is produced by scanning a fluorescent surface (tube monitor).

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D DHCP Abbr.: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. This protocol dynamically assigns a terminal a free address from a list of available IP addresses and provides secure TCP/IP network communication.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DIP Switch Abbr.: Dual In-line Package switch; those are numerous attached micro-switches; according to the position of the switches, different adjustments are possible.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Door Logger Board used for recording the door openings of a machine.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

E EEPROM Abbr.: Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory; an EEPROM is a ROM that is modifiable by the user. It contains the set-up of the device and is programmed at the factory.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Definition of Terms

P a g e 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

F Flash ROM Abbr.: Flash Read Only Memory; the information in a Flash ROM can only be read. The Flash ROM contains software that allows the device to reboot whenever powering up. Information in the Flash ROM is not lost when the machine is powered down. The Flash ROM does not have any battery supply.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Floppy Disk Drive Disk drive for floppy disks.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

G Ground Strap Metallic, non-insulated, electrically conductive part that is used to balance electrical potential.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

H Handpay Manual pay-out of credits and/or winnings by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY button.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Hard Disk Drive (HDD) A drive storing data on one or more disks using platters covered with magnetisable material and providing random access.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Hopper Coin dispensing device receiving and storing coins for pay-out.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

HUB Network distributor; device allowing several PCs to communicate with each other, i.e. several PCs (terminals) can use data from one Server.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

I ISA Abbr.: Industry Standard Architecture; refers to the slot within the PC into which the ISA card (PC card) plugs.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

IP Abbr.: Internet Protocol; refers to a messaging protocol in TCP/IP which is responsible for addressing and sending TCP packages in the network.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

J Jackpot Fund of non-distributed insertions in gaming; the Jackpot grows until one player reaches the required win criteria.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

L LAN Abbr.: Local Area Network; a local network of devices which are distributed over a relatively limited area and which are connected with each other through communication lines for the exchange of data.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LED Abbr.: Light Emitting Diode; a light source based on semi-conductor technology featuring high mechanical stability and long life-span.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

LPT Abbr.: Line Printer; a parallel interface for the printer.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

P a g e 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

M MAC Abbr.: Media Access Control; refers to the worldwide unique serial number of the network component which is stored on the network card.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Main Power Supply Power supply that provides voltage for the consuming devices.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Mechanical Meters Mechanical devices for automatic counting of continuous, uniform activities such as coin insertion, wins.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Modem A modem (“Modulator/Demodulator”) enables transmission of digital data from the computer via an analogue telephone network.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Modular Power Supply Complete power supply unit; consisting of main power supply unit and switching power supply.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Motherboard, Mainboard This is a physical assembly of fundamental circuits and components. On a typical motherboard the circuits are imprinted or fixed on a hard, planar surface. It also contains all important software components.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

N Novo Unity A database-based game platform universally expandable for future game developments, which allows to present all games installed on it in statistical form (accounting, wins, player behaviour, etc.)

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Novo Unity Server The Novo Unity Server provides data, programs and memory to the connected terminals.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

O Online System A system in which several machines are connected to an accounting system.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

P PC Abbr.: Personal Computer; it is part of each terminal, Novo Unity Server, Game Server and Animation Display.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PLC Abbr.: Programmable logic control; the control unit of the Roulette wheel. The PLC is responsible for control and verification of motors, sensors and micro-switches.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Power Expansion Additional power supply (12 V, 5 V, ground).______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Processor Please see CPU.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

P a g e 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

R Raid System The Raid System provides additional security by writing data to two hard disks at the same time, i.e. the system always creates a back-up copy.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

RAM Abbr.: Random Access Memory; this is the temporary, writable memory within the computer, in which the operating system, applications and data actually used are stored in a way that the processor can quickly access them. RAM arrays are cleared whenever the system is powered down.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Real Time Clock This is an electronic clock within the computer that continues working after the machine has been powered down and therefore displays the correct time after powering up again.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Reel Interface Device for triggering and supplying the reels.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Reference Coin Coin used to verify inserted coins. The sample coin is inserted into the coin comparator.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Remote A function that permits inserting credits to the machine when using the audit key.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ROM Abbr.: Read Only Memory; Information can only be read. The ROM contains software that allows the machine to power up when switched on. Information stored in the ROM is not lost when the computer is powered down.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Roulette Wheel The mechanical Roulette wheel is used to determine the winning numbers in Novo Multi-Roulette™ games.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Router Device used as a DHCP Server between the Novo Unity Server and the terminals, as a firewall against Internet security threats and as a network distributor.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

S Scanner Device to scan tickets issued from the ticket printer. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Switching Power Supply Power supply that provides voltage for the logic area.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SIMM Abbr.: Single In-line Memory Module; a SIMM consists of several RAM chips or Flash ROMs on a small circuit board. This board is attached to the motherboard. The more RAM a computer possesses, the less frequently it is necessary to access secondary memory.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

T TCP/IP Abbr.: Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol; refers to a connection-oriented Internet protocol. TCP/IP encompasses the rules which determine how computers exchange data.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TFT/LCD Monitor Abbr.: Thin Film Transistor - Liquid Crystal Display; monitor display used in the terminals, Game Servers and the Novo Unity Server.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Ticket Printer Device that prints credits and winnings onto a ticket that can be redeemed at the cash desk.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Token Gaming coin.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Top Light Notification light on top of the device displaying different operating statuses.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Touchscreen Display with sensor fields; the control of certain functions results from touching the screen.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

P a g e 1 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

U USB Abbr.: Universal Serial Bus; a serial interface used to connect devices with the logic unit.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

UPS Abbr.: Uninterruptible Power Supply; UPS provides uninterruptible and undisturbed AC voltage within defined tolerance (battery).

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

V Validation Number A generated coded number that verifies the authenticity of a printed ticket (barcode).

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

W WAN Abbr.: Wide Area Network; refers to a communication network which connects geographically distant devices.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

WBA Abbr.: World Bill Acceptor; refers to a certain make of bill acceptor.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

P a g e 11


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Legend

DANGER Alludes to dangerous situations for the operator (risk of electric shock).

ATTENTION Special, situational and operational danger warnings.

INFORMATION Provides further information and/or explanation.

NOTE Provides additional instructions and tips.

TROUBLESHOOTING Explains the debugging of different errors.

Refers to a related subject / part of this manual.

!

P a g e 1 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Technical Data

Manufacturer Austrian Gaming Industries GmbH

Wiener Strasse 158 2352 Gumpoldskirchen

Austria

Type FV 680 PC Slanttop Steel

FS 681 Multi-Player Configuration FS 690 Roulette Bowl FS 695 PC Novo Unity Server FS 696 PC Game Server FS 773 Animation Display

Dimensions in mm (l / d / h) Slanttop: 710 / 804 / 1059

8 Player Configuration: 3420 / 3420 / 2310 Roulette Bowl: 1330 / 1330 / 1190 Novo Unity Server/ Game Server: 540 / 515 / 705 Game Server: 540 / 515 / 580 Animation Display: 1450 / 900 / 2440 (standard)

Weight Slanttop: max. 166 kg

8 Player Configuration: max. 2500 kg Roulette Wheel: max. 405 kg Novo Unity Server: max. 130 kg Game Server: max. 70/130 kg Animation Display: max. 420 kg

Power Supply 230 V / 50 Hz / 1,6 A resp.

110 V / 60 Hz

Power Consumption Slanttop: 250W

Fuse: 16 Ampere (time-lag T) 8 Player Configuration: 2500W Novo Unity Server: 250W Game Server: 250W Animation Display: 800W

Fuses T3A15 (230 V)

T5A (12 V)

Favourable operating temperature in °C 10 - 35

Humidity in % 30 - 80 (non-condensing)

Service Socket You can find a service socket on the

inner side of the device.

Place of identification decal ID plate on the side of the machine.

Thermal danger Certain parts become hot during

operation and can cause injuries (e.g. TFT monitors, lamps)!

Electrical danger Whenever the machine is open,

voltaged parts can be touched! Whenever you do repair or maintenance work disconnect the power plug of the machine! For server cabinets the shut down of the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) must be completed too!

Mechanical danger Note that some flanges within the

device are sharp-edged and can cause injuries! Improper opening and closing of the device can cause contusion!

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part I - Introduction

I.1 Dimensions of the Terminals

I.2 Dimensions of the 8 Player Configuration

I.3 Dimensions of the Roulette Bowl

I.4 Dimensions of the Novo Unity Server / Game Server

I.5 Dimensions of the Game Server

I.6 Dimensions of the Dealer Board

I.7 Dimensions of the Animation Display

I.8 Dimensions of the Camera

I.9 Description of Components - Terminals

I.10 Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration

I.11 Description of Components - Roulette Bowl

I.12 Description of Components - Novo Unity Server

I.13 Description of Components - Game Server

I.14 Description of Components - Novo Unity and Game Server in Combination

I.15 Description of Components - Animation Display

P a g e 1 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

I N T R O D U C T I O N

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 1 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. I.1 Dimensions Terminal FV680PC (in millimetres)

I.1 Dimensions of the Terminals

I.1.1 Terminal FV680PC

710

849

1059

105

804

670

550

954

805

670

550

40

995

955

785

710

Illustr. I.2 Dimensions Terminal FV680PC 8 Player Configuration (in millimetres)

P a g e 1 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Dimensions of the Square Tops - FV680PC (possible designs)

Illustr. I.3 Dimensions Square Top FV680PC (in millimetres)

Standard Square Top

Player Tracking Top Box

143

110

254

710

146

433

576

710

P a g e 1 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.1.2 Terminal - FV623PC

Dimensions of the Square Tops - FV623PC (possible designs)

Illustr. I.5 Dimensions Square Tops FV623PC (in millimetres)

540

1231

441

540270

107

255

540246

107

255

Illustr. I.4 Dimensions Terminal FV623PC (in millimetres)

Player Tracking Top Box

Premium Top Box

P a g e 1 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

355

600

325

454

540

Illustr. I.6 Dimensions bottom part FV623PC (in millimetres)

Dimensions of the bottom part - FV623PC

P a g e 1 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.2 Dimensions of the 8 Player Configuration - FS681

Illustr. I.7 Dimensions 8 Player Configuration FS681 (in millimetres)

2700

710

2310

3420

5500

P a g e 2 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.3 Dimensions of the Roulette Bowl (Airwheel) - FS690

1013

Diameter = 1330

1190

Illustr. I.8 Dimensions Roulette Bowl FS690 (in millimetres)

P a g e 2 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.4 Dimensions of the Novo Unity Server - FS695PC and of the Game Server - FS696PC

Illustr. I.9 Dimensions Novo Unity Server FS695PC / Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres)

125

497

540

705567

1365 385

495

515

P a g e 2 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.5 Dimensions of the Game Server - FS696PC

Illustr. I.10 Dimensions Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres)

65 497

540

385

495515

567

13

580

I.6 Dimensions of the Dealer Board

Illustr. I.11 Dimensions Dealer Board (in millimetres)

251.2

229

150

110

47 37

3337 77

180.1

190.14

170

98.5

10

30

56

P a g e 2 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.7 Dimensions of the Animation Display - FS773

Illustr. I.12 Dimensions Animation Display FS773 (in millimetres)

900

1470

*250

016

5

* = Hight2500 (Standard)2325 (optional)

880

1470

P a g e 2 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.8 Dimensions of the Camera TMC-6700/TMC-6760

2445

MIN

2270

3200 3375

MAX

Illustr. I.13 Dimensions Camera (in millimetres)

P a g e 2 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. I.14 Description of Components Terminal FV680PC

I.9 Description of Components - Terminals


COM1 COM2

PRINT1

USB MOUSE KB

UPT

MIC LINE SPK

VGA

A

B

C

P

O

N

L

K

J

I

H

G

E

M

D

F

A - Monitor (Touchscreen)B - Main Power SwitchC - Mechanical MetersD - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Touchbet Live- and Multi-Roulette™)E - HopperF - Security Board (not in all jurisdictions)G - Logical Unit

H - Bill IlluminationI - Ticket PrinterJ - Multi-InterfaceK - Bill AcceptorL - Coin AcceptorM - Stacker BoxN - Switching Power Supply (behind WBA)O - Main Power Supply Unit (behind WBA)P - Cashbox

P a g e 2 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. I.15 Description of Components Terminal FV623PC


A - Top LightB - Top BoxC - Coin AcceptorD - Mechanical MetersE - Illumination (fluorescent tube)F - Door in Door SystemG - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Touchbet Live- and Multi-Roulette™)H - MonitorI - Main Power Supply Unit (behind Monitor)

J - Monitor (Touchscreen)K - Logical Unit (behind Monitor)L - Bill AcceptorM - StackerN - Ticket PrinterN - Switching Power SupplyO - HopperP - Main Power SwitchQ - Door SwitchR - Cashbox

A

B

C

ED

P

R

Q

M

L

H

O

J

F

K

I

S

G

N

P a g e 2 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.10 Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681)

A - SpeakerB - Switching DelayC - HUB (Network Distributor)D - PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)

Illustr. I.16 Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681

A

B

A

C

D

A A

P a g e 2 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.11 Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690)

A - FanB - SpeakerC - HUB (Network Distributor)D - SpeakerE - SpeakerF - PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)G - Switching DelayH - Speaker

A

B

C

D

E

G

F

H

Illustr. I.17 Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690

P a g e 2 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.12 Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC)

Illustr. I.18 Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

G

J

E

A

CB

H

L

MF

K

D I

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - Novo Unity Server PCE - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)F - Distributor BoardG - FanH - Monitor Power SupplyI - RaidsystemJ - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)K - Router/DHCP ServerL - Server Interface BoardM - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

P a g e 3 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. I.19 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

H

F

A

CB

I

K

LG

E J

I.13 Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC)

I.13.1 Game Sever for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

D

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette™)E - Game Server PCF - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)G - Distributor Board

H - FanI - Monitor Power SupplyJ - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)K - Server Interface BoardL - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

P a g e 3 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.13.2 Game Server for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

F

D

B

A

G

I

JE

C H

A - Security Key SwitchB - USB Camera Module (optional)C - Game Server PCD - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)E - Distributor BoardF - Audible Dealer SignalG - Monitor Power SupplyH - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)I - Server Interface BoardJ - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

Illustr. I.20 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

INFORMATION

For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play.

For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel.

P a g e 3 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.14 Description of Components -OPTIONAL FOR SINGLE TABLE INSTALLATIONS

Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination

I.14.1 Novo Unity and Game Server for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

J

M

H

A

CB

K

O

PI

N

L

E

G

D

F

Illustr. I.21 Description of Components Game and Novo Unity Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - Monitor Switch BoxE - Game Server PCF - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette™)G - Novo Unity Server PCH - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)I - Distributor Board

J - FanK - Monitor Power SupplyL - RaidsystemM - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)N - Router/DHCP ServerO - Server Interface BoardP - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

P a g e 3 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.14.2 Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

J

N

H

A

CB

K

P

QI

O

M

E

G

D

F

Illustr. I.22 Description of Components Game and Novo Unity Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - Security Key SwitchE - Game Server PCF - USB Camera Module (optional)G - Novo Unity Server PCH - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)I - Distributor BoardJ - Fan

K - Monitor Power SupplyL - Audible Dealer SignalM - RaidsystemN - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)O - Router/DHCP ServerP - Server Interface BoardQ - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

L

For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play.For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel.

P a g e 3 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

I.15 Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773)

Illustr. I.23 Description of Components Animation Display FS773

A - MonitorB - SpeakerC - USB Camera ModuleD - FanE - SpeakerF - Animation Display PCG - Fan

B

A

E

FG

CD

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part II - System Information

II.1 Inspection (damage in transport)

II.2 Installation Instructions

II.3 Power Up

II.4 Safety Precautions

II.5 Cash System

II.6 Mechanical Meters

II.7 Doors

II.8 Novo Unity

II.9 Network Configuration

P a g e 3 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

S Y S T E M I N F O R M A T I O N

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.1 Inspection (damage in transport)

1) Remove the shipping carton. 2) Remove the material used to secure the machine components during transport

(necessary only for some types of cabinet). 3) Should any damages caused by transport have occurred on the exterior, report them immediately to

the carrier and have them confirmed by the same.

II.2 Installation Instructions

It must be ensured that the machine is operated in an upright position.

ATTENTION

For installation, the animation display must be fixed to the floor by means of bolts or a base to avoid tilting!

The terminals can be installed very close one beside the other. The minimum distance to a back wall or the like should be 10 cm.

For Novo Multi-Roulette™ 8 Player Configurations please consider a maximum distance of 10 m between the Game Server and the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) to ensure failure-free transfers.

INFORMATION

An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment of the Reader Heads may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures.

II.3 Power Up

1) Before start check the line voltage. The machine has been designed to sustain 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz or 110 V +/- 10%, 60 Hz. Make sure that the line voltage corresponds to the voltage indicated on the machine.

2) As the system is equipped with an earthing connection, it should be ensured that the mains supply is also equipped with an earthing connection.

3) Plug in the mains plug correctly. 4) Open the Top Large Door/Main Door. 5) If the machine is equipped with a coin comparator, insert the reference coin in there. 6) Fill the hopper and enter the amount in the audit system.

Please see section IV.5.6 - Hopper refill.

7) Turn the mains switch to the ON position (switching unit). 8) Close the Top Large Door/Main Door. 9) After a short self test the machine is ready for operation. 10) Credits can be added and a new game can be started.

!

P a g e 3 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.4 Safety Precautions

For operating safety and to avoid damage to the machine, read carefully and observe the following instructions.

As the machine has to be opened for normal maintenance work, please ensure that the relevant staff are made aware of the following safety precautions.

There are static-sensitive parts inside the machine which could be damaged by electric discharge.Ground yourself by touching a ground strap inside the machine to neutralise electric charges before replacing or performing maintenance work of inner parts.

DANGER

In case of emergency power off the machine

The power cord must be disconnected from the electrical outlet! For machines with an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) you have to switch this off too!

Unplugging the machine with wet hands can result in a risk of electric shock.

If there is smoke or if there are unusual smells or sounds coming from the machine, unplug the unit from the electrical outlet immediately and for machines with a UPS power this off too. Contact qualified service personnel. Continued operation may be dangerous and can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.

Do not open the cabinet by force

There are potentially dangerous high voltage components inside. Opening the cabinet can result in a serious risk of fire hazard or electric shock. There are no user serviceable parts inside. Refer all service to qualified service personnel.

Never insert objects into the cabinet ventilation openings

Do not push any objects through cabinet ventilation slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or cause short circuits that could result in a risk of fire or electric shock.

Never spill liquid of any kind (coffee, wine, etc.) on the machine.If this happens accidentally, it may result in a risk of fire or electric shock.Unplug the unit and have it checked by qualified service personnel.

Avoid damage to the wires

Prevent mechanical strain, such as squeezing or stretching, on the power cord, wires and plug connections. Damaged wires can result in a risk of fire or short circuit. Keep the wires away from where people will walk on them or stumble and be injured.

P a g e 3 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

DANGER

Operating environment

Suitable for indoor use only! Under no circumstances expose the machine to rain or temperatures greater than 50°C. The operating environment temperature must not exceed 35°C. If the machine has been exposed to very low temperatures, do not power it up immediately The machine has to reach room temperature (convenient temperature is 10°C to 35°C).Be aware not to exceed the operation humidity range of 30% to 80% (non-condensing). Do not install the machine close to a radiator heating. Do not install the machine in locations with rapidly changing temperatures or excessive dust. This could cause risk of fire hazard, short circuit or other damage.

Provide adequate space for ventilation

Openings on top, sides and in the bottom of the cabinet are provided for ventilation. To ensure proper operation and to prevent overheating, these openings should not be blocked or covered. To allow hot air to escape make sure that there is a minimum space of 10 cm between the machine and a wall or the like. If the machine becomes too hot, it could cause a fire hazard.

MISCELLANEOUS

Influence of magnetic fields

Do not install machines with CRT monitors close to strong magnetic fields like loudspeakers or fluorescent lamps. Other devices may cause interference or noise in the monitor.

Machines with LCD monitor

The surface of the LCD monitor is very delicate and scratches easily. High pressure or pointed objects could cause irreparable damage. To clean the surface use absorbent cotton or a soft cloth and a window cleaner. Never use thinner or products containing alcohol. If the display is accidentally broken and the liquid crystal material leaks, it should be kept away from eyes and mouth. In case of contact with skin or clothes, wash thoroughly with soap and water.

P a g e 4 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

NOTE

If you follow these instructions closely and the machine is maintained and handled in a proper way, it complies with the usual safety standards. The manufacturer warns specifically against any foreseeable improper use of the machine as well as foreseeable misuse. Do not bypass the built-in safety precautions in the machine! Unauthorised modifications and alterations of the machine are prohibited for safety reasons. For replacement of damaged or defective parts, use original or manufacturer Approved Spare Parts only. The manufacturer warns specifically that original or spare parts that are not supplied by Austrian Gaming Industries are neither tested nor approved by AGI. Installation and/or use of such parts may impair the machine's performance. The manufacturer cannot be held liable for damage that results from such parts.

Any liability is disclaimed if the machine is improperly handled.

DANGER

The following service instructions are for use by qualified and authorised personnel only. The owner of the machine must ensure that service work is performed by qualified and authorised personnel only. To avoid personal injury or damage to the equipment, do not perform any servicing other than such described in this manual.

P a g e 4 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.5 Cash System

Bills and coins can be used for pay-in. The value of bills accepted through the individual bill channels is configured on the Novo Unity Server. The value of the coins is also configured on the Novo Unity Server. After a coin has been accepted it is transported automatically either to the hopper or to the cashbox depending on the filling level of the hopper and controlled by the multi-interface.

STACKER Bill Acceptor

HOPPER Coin Acceptor

Hopper Box full Cashbox

P a g e 4 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.6 Mechanical Meters

Each player terminal is equipped with 8 mechanical meters. These meters are used to verify machine accounting. The meter settings will be made by the Technical Support of AGI on the Novo Unity Server.

Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.1.9 Counters.

Each meter can be configured individually. The following configurations can be selected on the Novo Unity Server:

Coin In (Bet): Total amount of betsTotal Win: Total amount of winsRemote In: Total of credits added by the attendant via the remote functionRemote Out: Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant

(Handpays + Cancelled Credits)Printer Out: Total amount of printed, redeemable ticketsTip Money: Total amount of tip moneyHopper Refill: Total amount of coins refilled into the hopperCashless In: Total amount of credits paid in via cardsCashless Out: Total amount of payouts to a cardTicket In: Total amount of credits paid in via ticketsHandpay: Total amount of wins paid out manually by the attendant (after pressing the

HANDPAY button)Cancelled Credit: Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant, except for handpaysUnused: No configuration.Bill In: Total amount of bills accepted via the bill acceptorCoins to Drop: Total amount of coins transferred to the cashboxTotal In: Total value paid in (coins + bills + tickets + remote in)Total Out: Total value paid out (coins + tickets + remote out)Coin In (Real): Total value of coins accepted via the coin acceptorCoin Out (Real): Total value of coins paid out via the hopperGame Number: Total sum of games

Illustr. II.1 Meter Interface

P a g e 4 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.7 Doors

II.7.1 Terminal (FV680PC)

The following error messages are displayed on the screen when a door is opened:

A - Top Large Door

B - Front Large Door

C - Logic Door

D - Security Cover (behind Logic Door, not for all jurisdictions)

E - Service Door (Ithaca printer, optional)

F - Stacker Door

G - Security Bill Door (behind Stacker Door, not in all jurisdictions)

H - Cashbox Door

Illustr. II.2 Door Switches Terminal FV680PC

There are 8 door switches on the terminal FV680PC (Slanttop).

A

B

C

E

F

HD

G

P a g e 4 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.7.2 Novo Unity Server / Game Server (FS695PC)

There are 3 door switches on the Novo Unity / Game Server FS695PC:

A

CB


A - Server display door is open (registered only in the Log File, but not displayed on the screen)

B - Server back door is open

C - Server front door is open

Illustr. II.3 Door Switch Server Display Door (FS695PC)

Illustr. II.5 Door Switch Server Front Door (FS695PC)Illustr. II.4 Door Switch Server Back Door (FS695PC)

P a g e 4 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.7.3 Game Server (FS696PC)

There are 2 door switches on the Game Server FS696:


A - Server front door is open

B - Server back door is open

Illustr. II.6 Door Switch Server Front Door (FS696PC)

Illustr. II.7 Door Switch Server Back Door (FS696PC)

A

B

P a g e 4 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.7.4 Roulette Bowl (FS690)

There are 2 door switches on the Roulette bowl.

A

B

Illustr. II.9 Door Switch Wheel Door


A - Wheel Service Door

B - Wheel Door

Illustr. II.8 Door Switch Wheel Service Door

P a g e 4 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.8 Novo Unity

The main components of the Novo Unity game platform include:

Windows XP Embedded Novo Unity Server Game Server Game Manager Novobase Installed Game

Novo Unity runs on the Windows XP Embedded operating system providing write protection to increase fail safe operation to a maximum level.

The network consists of the Novo Unity Server, the Game Server(s), a DHCP server and several terminals. The Novo Unity Server enables the installation of software, generates the results of the game and statistics and is used to monitor parameter settings like language settings and minimum and maximum bet limits.

The program of the terminals and Game Servers is called Game Manager. The Game Manager transfers data from the Novo Unity Server to the Game Server(s) and to the terminals and vice versa. Each terminal has an IP address in order to guarantee the identification of all terminals. Therefore the Novo Unity Server is able to transfer the right data to the right terminal/Game Server and to identify the terminal/Game Server that has sent data to the Novo Unity Server.

The terminals/Game Servers receive the IP address from the DHCP server, which is part of the network. The DHCP or Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is used to find a free address out of a list including several IP addresses. This enables a safe and reliable network communication.

Each terminal/Game Server has a network card including a MAC (Media Access Control) address in order to enable the DHCP server to identify the terminals. The MAC address is clear and unique worldwide.

P a g e 4 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

After power up, the terminal goes through the following processes:

Start of Windows XP Embedded Transfer of the MAC address from the terminal/Game Server to the DHCP server Transfer of the IP address from the DHCP server to the terminal/Game Server Start of Game Manager Transfer of MAC and IP addresses from the terminals/Game Servers to the Novo Unity Server Data transfer between Novo Unity Server and Game Manager For example: Installed Game (e.g. Novo Multi-Table Roulette™) Group and terminal settings Game timing Parameter settings

After receiving these data from the Novo Unity Server, the Game Manager loads the executable program Novobase and transfers these data to Novobase.

Novobase activates the installed game to visualise the data received. Other games can be selected by just switching to the desired game.

In addition, Novo Unity allows to present all games installed on it in statistical form (accounting, wins, player behaviour, etc.). As a database-based game platform, Novo Unity is universally expandable for future game developments.

P a g e 4 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

PC /

Mai

nboa

rdLA

N

PC C

ard

Met

erIn

terfa

c eI/O

's

Mul

ti In

terfa

ce

Secu

rity

Prin

t

Bill

acce

ptor

light

ing

Coi

nac

cept

orBi

ll ac

cept

orC

oin

dive

rter

Prin

ter

GAM

E M

ANAG

ER

Touc

hsc

reen

CO

M

Hop

per

Nov

o U

nity

/ Te

rmin

al

NO

VO U

NIT

YSE

RVE

R

LPT

NO

VOBA

SE

INST

ALLE

D G

AME

ISA

RS4

85

Ope

ratin

g Sy

stem

:M

icro

soft

Win

dow

s XP

Em

bedd

ed(W

rite

Prot

ecte

d)

GAM

ESE

RVE

R

HARDWARESOFTWARE

P a g e 5 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 5 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

II.9 Network Configuration

The Novo Multi-Roulette™ System consists of the below main elements:

Electromechanical Roulette wheel Novo Unity Server Game Server Router/DHCP Server Player Terminals

The Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ System consists of the below main elements:

Mechanical Roulette wheel Reader Heads Novo Unity Server Game Server Router/DHCP Server Player Terminals

The Novo Multi-Roulette™ and the Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ system can optionally be expanded by the camera and/or animation system including the below additional elements:

Camera Camera Module (USB) Animation Display

The Novo Flying-Roulette™ System consists of the below main elements:

Animation Display Novo Unity Server Game Server Router/DHCP Server Player Terminals

The Novo Unity Server represents as central-server the basis of the system where setup, statistic, accounting, trace and game-relevant data are stored. The Novo Unity Server is connected to the Game Sever, to the Animation Display (optional) and to all individual terminals (via ETHERNET).

The following illustrations outline the data and the camera network configuration of the Roulette system.

P a g e 5 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Novo Unity Server

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

Ethernet

Ethernet

Animation Display

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Animation Display

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Animation Display

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Router

Illustr. II.10 Data network configuration (Novo Multi-Roulette™ and Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™)

P a g e 5 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Novo Unity Server

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

Ethernet

Ethernet

Animation Display Game Server



Router

Illustr. II.11 Data network configuration (Novo Flying-Roulette™)

P a g e 5 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Animation Display

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLSNO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal XX

1 GB Switch

Animation Display

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS


INSERT BILLS


1 GB Switch

Animation Display

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS


INSERT BILLS


1 GB Switch

Illustr. II.12 Camera star layout network configuration

P a g e 5 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

Roulette Wheel

Camera Game Server

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Animation Display

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Animation Display

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Animation Display

Illustr. II.13 Camera daisy chain network configuration (optional)

P a g e 5 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part III - Gaming Instructions

III.1 Gaming Instructions for NOVO MULTI-TABLE ROULETTE™

P a g e 5 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M I N G I N S T R U C T I O N S

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 5 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1 Gaming Instructions for Novo Multi-Table Roulette™

Novo Multi-Roulette™ is an electromechanical simulation of the traditional Roulette live game. The system incorporates an electromechanical Roulette wheel around which a number of player terminals are arranged.

Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ system consists of a number of player terminals that are arranged around an mechanical Roulette wheel. Additionally, two reader heads (i.e. sensors) are attached to the Roulette wheel to transmit the definite winning number to the Novo Unity Server.

Novo Flying-Roulette™ is a full-featured electronic simulation of the traditional Roulette live game. The system incorporates an Animation Display around which a number of player terminals are arranged. A virtual Roulette table is displayed on the Animation Display showing bets and wins, including out-bets, neighbour bets, etc. for all players with each player assigned a different chip colour. Additionally an animated Roulette wheel showing the winning number, which is randomly generated, is displayed on the screen.

Each Roulette system incorporates a Novo Unity Server polling the data from the networked player terminals and a Game Server controlling the game-play.

Each terminal includes a video monitor on which the player's credits and bets placed are indicated. Each player can place or cancel bets by selecting the respective functions on the touchscreen.

Pay-In:Upon insertion of a coin or banknote the relevant amount is indicated in the CREDIT display area. Credits may be also be inserted using a key switch.

General system information:Once credits have been registered (through the insertion of coins and bills, or using the remote function) the terminal is ready for game-play.The system supports a choice of different languages (e. g. English, German, French, Spanish, and so on).A multiplier function is available, allowing players to vary their bet amounts in consideration of the maximum bets limit (e. g. 1, 2, 10 or 1, 10, 100 etc.).

The CALL NEIGHBOUR BETS function allows players to quickly and easily place bets on various number combinations (e. g. Series 0/2/3, 0-Game).Information screen functions include showing the Hot / Cold numbers on “n” spins, the even chance bets on “n” spins, minimum bets, maximum bets, the player's last game and payout odds.

Payout:Payout of credits may be effected in coins (via the hopper), by printing of redeemable tickets or manually by the attendant.

Placing bets:The amount of the bets placed on individual winning odds can be selected from a range of possibilities shown on the info screen maximal possible bets.

P a g e 6 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Cancelling bets:The CANCEL function can be used to clear the most recent bet placed. Other bets can be cancelled by simply pressing the respective number or betting option again. If the CANCEL function is selected again all bets will be cleared.

Novo Multi-Roulette™ - game start:At the start of each game players are given a predetermined period of time to place their bets. The wheel lift motor rises and the ball of the previous game drops into the ball collecting channel under the Roulette wheel at the beginning of the “Finish Betting” or “Place Your Bets” game phase (depending on the set Wheel Game Mode in Novo Unity Server path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Novo Multi-Roulette). Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched in the “Finish Betting” game phase.

Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ - game start:At the start of each game players are given a predetermined period of time to place their bets. The dealer takes the ball of the previous game out of the Roulette wheel and changes the spin direction of the Roulette wheel to launch the ball again. When the circulation time of the ball exceeds an assigned value (approx. 2 rounds before the ball runs towards the centre), the betting time is concluded.

Novo Flying-Roulette™ - game start:At the start of each game players are given a predetermined period of time to place their bets.After the beginning of the “No More Bets” game phase the virtual Roulette wheel changes the spin direction and the ball is launched. The ball remains in the pocket of the spinning Roulette wheel until the next ball launching.

Completion of the game:The betting time of all Roulette games is concluded with the spoken announcement: “NO MORE BETS THANK YOU” and the subsequent locking of all betting functions on player terminals. After the ball settles into a pocket, the winning number will be announced by a spoken message. All winning areas are highlighted with a change of colour on the terminal screens and if present also on the Animation Display screen.

A game is deemed completed when: - A winning number was not selected or - in the event of a win, the amount won is indicated by the win animation and subsequently

incremented in the CREDIT display area.

A new game can now start with new bets, or the same bets as for the previous game may be wagered by selecting the PREVIOUS BET function. The PAYOUT ODDS information screen displays the different odds for each wager option.

P a g e 6 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 6 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.1 Main Screen - Buttons and Display Areas

P a g e 6 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the main screen

CASHPress the CASH button for payout of existing credits.

COLOUR CHIPThe sample chip indicates the colour in which the chips of this terminal are shown on the animation display.

SERVICEPress this button to call a casino attendant (if an error message is displayed etc.).

H / L / FThe letters H, L and F refer to the payout options for outside bets (Red/Black, Even/Odd or 1-18/19-36) when the ball lands on 0/00.

Hmeans the player will lose only half of any outside bets.

Lmeans the player will lose all of any outside bets.

Fmeans that the outside bets are locked. The bet is returned (1:1) if it is won on the next spin.

If 0/00 occurs on the second spin the outside bets are double locked. In this case two winning bets in a row must occur to release them. If anything else occurs, including more zeros, the outside bets are lost.

PREVIOUS WINNING NUMBERSShows the last 20 winning numbers.

? - HELPFor information on the function of a button or of a display area on the current game screen please press the ? button first and then the desired button or area on the screen.

CALL NEIGHBOUR BETSThis function displays an additional betting screen where bets can be placed on various combinations of numbers.

BETShows the total bet for the current game.

CREDITShows the total amount of credits available.

P a g e 6 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

MULTIPLIERSThis function offers a selection of pre-set bet increments.The MAX button (may not be permitted in all jurisdictions) activates the maximum bet function:Each betting option selected by the player will automatically be played at maximum possible bet.Pressing any of the other multiplier buttons deactivates the maximum bet function again.

STATUS DISPLAYThis display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER).

PREVIOUS BETThis function selects all numbers and bets of the most recent game played on the terminal automatically again.

TIME DISPLAYThis function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase. If Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase).

CANCELPressing this button cancels the most recent alteration of the bet. If this button is pressed again, all bets on the Roulette layout are cancelled. The corresponding credits are refunded to the CREDIT meter.

INFOThis function displays additional information screens.

FLAGPress this button for button designations to be displayed in the desired language.

P a g e 6 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 6 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.2 Main Screen - Betting Options

1)

4)

3)

2)

5)

8)

9)

10) 11) 12)

7)

6)

P a g e 6 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of betting options on the main screen

1) STRAIGHT UPA bet on a single number. The chip is placed on the selected number field (all numbers including zero / double zero).

Pays: 35 times the bet + bet

2) SPLITA bet on any two adjacent numbers on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the line between the two selected numbers.


3) STREETA bet on the three consecutive numbers of any row on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the outside line of the selected row of three numbers.Example: 1, 2, 3 or 4, 5, 6


4) CORNERA bet on any group of four adjacent numbers on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the intersection point where the lines between the four number fields meet.Example: 8, 9, 11, 12


5) FIRST FOUR NUMBERSA bet on the first 4 numbers (0, 1, 2, 3 - available only for Roulette wheels with a French single zero). The chip is placed on the intersection point of the outside line of the numbers layout with the line between 0 and 3.


6) FIRST FIVE NUMBERSA bet on the first 5 numbers (0, 00, 1, 2, 3 - available only for Roulette wheels with zero / double zero). The chip is placed on the intersection point of the outside line of the numbers layout with the line between 00 and 3.


7) LINEA bet on the six consecutive numbers of any two adjacent rows on the numbers layout. The chip is placed on the intersection of the outside line of the numbers layout with the line between the two selected rows.


P a g e 6 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

8) COLUMNA bet on the 12 numbers of any column. The chip is placed in one of the three sections marked “2 <- 1” (zero / double zero is not included).


9) DOZENA bet on a group of twelve numbers. The chip is placed in one of the sections marked “1st 12”, “2nd 12”, “3rd 12” (zero / double zero is not included).


10) RED/BLACKA bet on the section RED or BLACK covers half (or 18) of the numbers of the Roulette wheel (zero / double zero is not included).

Pays: 1 time the bet + bet

11) EVEN/ODDA bet on the section EVEN or ODD covers half (or 18) of the numbers of the Roulette wheel (zero / double zero is not included).


12) 1 - 18/19 - 36A bet on the section 1 to 18 or 19 to 36 covers half (or 18) of the numbers of the Roulette wheel (zero / double zero is not included).


P a g e 6 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

This function places a bet on 6 numbers randomly selected by the random generator (requires a total of 6 chips). The chips are placed as on Straight Up.

INFORMATION

Any bets placed before accepting the randomly selected numbers of the LUCKY DIP will be cancelled.

After pressing the LUCKY DIP button the randomly selected numbers will be offered in a window as displayed above.

Minus - To decrease the bet per number.Plus - To increase the bet per number.Accept - To play the randomly selected numbers indicated in the window.Reject - To start a new random selection of 6 numbers.Cancel - Closes the window without any bets being played.


Description of additional betting options on the main screen (may not be permitted in all jurisdictions)

LUCKY DIP

A bet on 24 numbers. The chip is placed on the line between the sections provided for the Dozen and Column betting options respectively.

Pays: 0.5 times the bet + bet

24 BET

P a g e 7 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.3 Select Table Screen (optional) - Buttons and Display Areas

P a g e 7 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of the SELECT TABLE function on the main screen (OPTIONAL)

On the main screen the select table function can optionally be displayed. If the Select Table button is pressed the display switches to the select table screen offering the option to choose one from three tables you would like to play on.

Description of buttons and display areas on the select table screen



TABLE 1, 2, 3Names and pictures of the respective tables to be chosen by the casino.

PRESS TO SELECTSymbols of two selectable tables are displayed. Select this button to change the activated table.

PRESS TO ACTIVATEThe biggest table symbol signifies the currently activated table. Press this button to return to the main screen to play on the activated table.

GAME PHASE DISPLAY (below table symbol)This display area shows the current game status of the respective table.

PREVIOUS WINNING NUMBERSShows the last 20 winning numbers of the respective table.

LIVE RECORDING IMAGEIn the right upper part of the select table screen a picture can be displayed showing a live recording image of the Roulette wheel belonging to the table currently activated.



STATUS DISPLAYThis display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER) of the activated table.

P a g e 7 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

TIME DISPLAYThis function shows the time remaining until the end of the betting phase on the activated table. If Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ is installed, this function shows the current game status (game phase).

SHOW DEALERPress this button to shortly display a picture of the current dealer.



P a g e 7 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 7 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.4 Call Neighbour Bets Screen - Buttons and Display Areas

P a g e 7 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the call neighbour bets screen


COLOUR CHIPThe sample chip indicates the colour in which the chips of this terminal are shown on the animation display.


H / L / FThe letters H, L and F refer to the payout options for outside bets (Red/Black, Even/Odd or 1-18/19-36) when the ball lands on 0/00.

Hmeans the player will lose only half of any outside bets.

Lmeans the player will lose all of any outside bets.

Fmeans that the outside bets are locked. The bet is returned (1:1) if it is won on the next spin.

If 0/00 occurs on the second spin the outside bets are double locked. In this case two winning bets in a row must occur to release them. If anything else occurs, including more zeros, the outside bets are lost.

PREVIOUS WINNING NUMBERSShows the last 20 winning numbers.

? - HELPFor information on the function of a button or of a display area on the current game screen please press the ? button first and then the desired button or area on the screen.

BACK TO MAIN SCREENIf this button is pressed, the display switches back to the main screen.



P a g e 7 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 7 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

MULTIPLIERSThis function offers a selection of pre-set bet increments.The MAX button (may not be permitted in all jurisdictions) activates the maximum bet function: Each betting option selected by the player will automatically be played at maximum possible bet. Pressing any of the other multiplier buttons deactivates the maximum bet function again.


PREVIOUS BETThis function selects all numbers and bets of the most recent game played on the terminal automatically again.


CANCELPressing this button cancels the most recent alteration of the bet. If this button is pressed again, all bets on the Roulette layout are cancelled. The corresponding credits are refunded to the CREDIT meter.



P a g e 7 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.5 Call Neighbour Bets Screen - Betting Options

1)4)3) 2)

5)

6)

5)

6)

P a g e 7 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

The betting options described below are not available for all types of Roulette wheels.Please see explanations below.

1) 0 GAMEA bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 4 chips):

Split 0/3 1 ChipSplit 12/15 1 ChipSplit 32/35 1 ChipStraight Up 26 1 Chip

2) SERIES 0/2/3A bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 9 chips):

Street 0/2/3 2 ChipsCorner 25/26/28/29 2 ChipsSplit 4/7 1 ChipSplit 12/15 1 ChipSplit 18/21 1 ChipSplit 19/22 1 ChipSplit 32/35 1 Chip

3) SERIES 5/8A bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 6 chips or for Roulette wheels with French double zero a total of 7 chips, respectively):

Plein 00 1 Chip (for Roulette wheels with a French double zero only)Split 5/8 1 ChipSplit 10/11 1 ChipSplit 13/16 1 ChipSplit 23/24 1 ChipSplit 27/30 1 ChipSplit 33/36 1 Chip

4) ORPHELINSA bet on adjacent numbers on the Roulette wheel which are covered neither by the Series 0/2/3 nor by the Series 5/8. This bet covers the below combinations of numbers (requires a total of 5 chips):

Straight Up 1 1 ChipSplit 6/9 1 ChipSplit 14/17 1 ChipSplit 17/20 1 ChipSplit 31/34 1 Chip

Description of betting options on the call neighbour bets screen

P a g e 8 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

4)3)

5)

6)

P a g e 8 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

5) NEIGHBOUR BETSA bet on one number and the two numbers adjacent to it to the left and to the right on the Roulette wheel. The chip is placed on the selected number on the Roulette wheel layout (requires a total of 5 chips).Example: If 1 is selected, the bet covers the following numbers: 16, 33, 1, 20 and 14.

6) FINALSA bet on all numbers that have the same last digit. The chip is placed on the selected number between 1 and 9 (requires a total of 3 or 4 chips):Example: If 1 is selected, the bet covers the following numbers: 1, 11, 21 and 31.

INFORMATION

Because of the different sequence of numbers on Roulette wheels with American double zero, only Neighbour Bets and Finals are available.

For Roulette wheels with French double zero the betting options “0 Game” and “Series 0/2/3” are not available, as it is not possible to place a split on 0/3 or a street on 0/2/3 because of the arrangement of these numbers on the layout.

P a g e 8 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.6 Info Screen - Hot / Cold Numbers

P a g e 8 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen - hot / cold numbers



HOT/COLD NUMBERS ON LAST n GAMESShows the frequency with which each individual number was the winning number in the last predefined number of games. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Samples Count in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server.

EVEN CHANCE BETS ON LAST n GAMESShows the frequency with which the various betting options resulted in a win in the last predefined number of games. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Even Chance in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server.








P a g e 8 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.7 Info Screen - Your Last Game

P a g e 8 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen - your last game




BETShows the total bet of the last game.

WINShows the total win of the last game.



P a g e 8 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.8 Info Screen - Minimal Possible Bets

P a g e 8 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen -minimal possible bets










P a g e 8 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.9 Info Screen - Maximal Possible Bets

P a g e 8 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen - maximal possible bets










P a g e 9 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.10 Info Screen - Multiplier Value - Payout Odds

P a g e 9 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the info screen - payout odds

PAYOUT ODDS 1) STRAIGHT UP 35 times the bet + bet 2) SPLIT 17 times the bet + bet 3 STREET 11 times the bet + bet 4) CORNER 8 times the bet + bet 5) FIRST FOUR NUMBERS 8 times the bet + bet 6) FIRST FIVE NUMBERS 6 times the bet + bet 7) LINE 5 times the bet + bet 8) COLUMN 2 times the bet + bet 9) DOZEN 2 times the bet + bet 10) RED/BLACK 1 time the bet + bet 11) EVEN/ODD 1 time the bet + bet 12) 1 - 18/19 - 36 1 time the bet + bet










P a g e 9 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 9 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.11 Top Message BoxInformation on the game play is displayed in a pop-up window at the top of the screen (please see illustrations below).

P a g e 9 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.12 Wheel Information Display (OPTIONAL)

1)2)

3)

4)

5)6)

7)8)

9)

10)

11)

P a g e 9 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of buttons and display areas on the Wheel Information Display

1) Previous Winning NumbersShows the last 20 winning numbers.

2) Small Casino LogoTo be set with the parameter WID - Small Casino Logo in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server.

3) Table NameTo be set with the parameter Server 1,2,3 - Name in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server.

4) Minimum and Maximum BetTo be set with parameter Server 1,2,3 - Min / Max Table Limit in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server.

5) Dealer's Picture (for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ only)By adding an user with the user type “Dealer” a picture can be assigned to be displayed on the Dealer Board, Wheel Information Display and terminals.

Please see also part V - Novo Unity Server, section V.1 General Information, Path User \ Users.

6) Dealer's NameDisplay of the dealer's user name.

Please see also part V - Novo Unity Server, section V.1 General Information, Path User \ Users.

7) Graphic Illustration of the Hot / Cold NumbersShows the frequency with which each individual number was the winning number. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Samples Count in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server.

8) Display of the Hot / Cold NumbersShows the five numbers with the highest and lowest winning number frequency. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Samples Count in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server.

9) Live Recording Image of the Roulette wheel (with camera system only) or Big Casino LogoIf a camera system is installed, a live recording image of the Roulette wheel will be displayed. Otherwise an individual picture can optionally be displayed. To be set with the parameter WID - Big Casino Logo in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server.

P a g e 9 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

10) StatisticsShows the frequency with which the various betting options (even chance bets and 0/00 bets) resulted in a win. How many games are considered for this statistical computation can be set with the parameter Hot-Cold Even Chance in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Info on the Novo Unity Server.

11) Ticker TextTo be set with the parameter WID - Ticker Text in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server \ Settings on the Novo Unity Server.

P a g e 9 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.13 Top Light

III.1.13.1 Novomatic Standard

The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (error, service call, etc.):

Blue light on:

The SERVICE button has been pressed.If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

White light is blinking quickly:

The device is in idle mode with a door opened.The light is blinking until the beginning of the next game.

Blue light is blinking slowly:

Error - the device is not ready for game play.The error message is displayed on the screen.

Please see part VII Error Handling.

Blue light is blinking slowly and white light is blinking quickly:

Error - the device is not ready for game play.The error message is displayed on the screen and a door of the deviceis open.


Blue and white lights are blinking slowly:

A manual payout by the attendant is required (CANCEL CREDITS or HANDPAY button).Afterwards the lights go off.

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

P a g e 9 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Green light is blinking quickly:

A limit has been reached.

After the manual payout the light goes off.

Red light on:

Error - the machine is not ready for game play.

The error message is displayed on the screen.Please see part VII Error Handling.

Red light is blinking slowly:

A door is open on the machine.

Yellow light is blinking quickly:

The SERVICE button has been pressed.

If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

Yellow light is blinking slowly:

The blackbox was removed or is damaged.

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

III.1.13.2 Bally France

The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (Jackpot, error, service call, etc.):

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

P a g e 9 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

III.1.13.3 Ontario

At any one time, each of the two tower lights may be in one of the five states as follows:

1) “Off” means the light is off;2) “On” means the light is on continually;3) “Slow Flash” means the light is flashing regularly at a 500 millisecond interval;4) “Medium Flash” means the light is flashing regularly at a 250 millisecond interval;5) “Fast Flash” means the light is flashing regularly at 125 millisecond interval.

There are three separate methods by which a machine may be placed in an unplayable state:

1) “Administrative mode” means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state in order to access the setup or recall functions of a machine game.

2) “Disabled mode” means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state for any reason other than those described in administrative mode.

3) “Tilt mode” means that the machine placed itself in an unplayable state due to some type of malfunction or an exception condition whereby the machine cannot return to a playable state without intervention by an authorised person.

Each of the following combinations of light states are displayed by the machine tower light to indicate the machine operational status that is described therewith until the status is changed by an authorised person:

White (top) Coloured Machine Operational Status Light (bottom) Light

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Off Off Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) closed._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Off Medium Flash Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) open._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Off Fast Flash Idle and the machine Cashbox Door is open._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On Off Change or another service request by patron and the machine door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On On Machine in disabled mode._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On Medium Flash The machine door(s) is (are) open and a) a patron is requesting change or another service; or b) the machine is in disabled mode.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On Fast Flash The machine is in disabled mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

White

Blue

White

Blue

P a g e 1 0 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Off The machine is in tilt mode and its door(s) is (are) closed._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Slow Flash a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) closed; or

b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Medium Flash a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) open; or

b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Fast Flash a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its Cashbox Door is open; or

b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its Cashbox Door is open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fast Flash Off The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fast Flash Medium Flash The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fast Flash Fast Flash The machine is in administrative mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Additional information:The Cashbox Door and machine door open operational status conditions have higher priority when more than one condition triggers the display of tower light.

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part IV - Game Manager (Terminal)

IV.1 Audit Menu

IV.2 Remote

IV.3 Reset Data

IV.4 Service

IV.5 Finances

IV.6 Printer

IV.7 Shutdown Game

IV.8 Previous Games

P a g e 1 0 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E M A N A G E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 1 0 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Game Manager

After applying power, the Game Manager appears on the terminal/Game Server screen. The Game Manager starts the current game program automatically and then retreats into the background to allow the betting screen resp. the Game Server window to be displayed. On the terminal screen the Game Manager can be brought into the foreground again by connecting a keyboard. To switch to the Game Manager on the Terminal or Game Server the keys ALT + TAB must be pressed.

The Game Manager provides the following functions and information:

START - Function provided to start the installed program. The START button need not be pressed when booting up the terminal (autostart procedure). The START button is provided to restart a game that was halted with the STOP button.

STOP - Function provided to terminate the current game after completion of a full game cycle. To restart the game play, the START button needs to be pressed.

CLEAR - Function provided to clear the log window (area on the right).

UPDATE - After the STOP button has been pressed a manual parameter update can be carried out. This is required only for analysis purposes (log window) because a required update is effected in every start procedure of the program (Autostart/Start button) and after every parameter update executed on the Novo Unity Server.

P a g e 1 0 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Terminal - Identifies the terminal/Game Server on the Novo Unity Server. The number is assigned on the Novo Unity Server (as per the settings made by AGI technical staff on site).

Group - Indicates the group number or name (Attachments) to which the terminal or Game Server belongs. Settings can be made on the Novo Unity Server.

IP - Indicates the IP address of the terminal/Game Server.

MAC - This number is the physical number of the network card (unique identification code worldwide).

Ver - Indicates the version of the Game Manager Program.

P a g e 1 0 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.1 Audit Menu

To access the audit menu a key switch must be turned on the terminal, which will display the window below:

P a g e 1 0 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:

The below options can be selected without entering a password:

CANCEL CREDITS - After selecting this button a manual payout can be performed by the attendant. Pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button will set the credit to 0. Credits paid out in this way are automatically registered on the “Cancelled Credit” meter and then saved in the bookkeeping. To leave the audit menu, the key switch must be removed. If on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay Out) the parameter Cancel Credits is activated the attendant can perform a manual payout in every game phase, except when bets are placed. If this parameter is deactivated also the CANCEL CREDITS button will be inactive, except for the case that one of the following error messages is displayed on the terminal screen: • Hopper Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant • Ticket Payout Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant • Door Errors, e. g. Stacker Door open • Hardware- and Connection Errors - e. g. Connection with Game Server lost • RAM Clear required

P a g e 1 0 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

HANDPAY - If the maximum win or credit amount has been reached, the dealer must pay out the current amount won by pressing the HANDPAY button. To leave the audit menu, the key switch must be removed.

Please see also section V.3.1.2.1.8 Credit Limits, parameter description for Max Credit and Max Win.

REMOTE - If the remote in function is activated on the Novo Unity Server (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In \ Remote In) the attendant can effect a pay-in in every game phase, except during the drawing phase and when there are bets placed.

PREVIOUS GAMES - When this button has been selected (with no bets placed) information on the last 1000 games played on the terminal is displayed on the screen. For further information:

Please see section IV.8 Previous Games.

SHUTDOWN GAME - This function allows to initiate the shutdown procedure of the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Game Server or Novo Unity Server.

Please see section IV.7 Shutdown Game.

WIN NUMBER BY SUPERVISOR - This function is only relevant for LIVE games and Multi-Roulette systems in

case of losing connection between Novo Unity Server and terminal. For further information:


EXIT - No function - the Audit key must be released to leave the audit menu.

The options below can only be read and/or changed after an appropriate password has been entered.

RESET DATA - Depending on the user's access rights, data from the following areas can be cleared under this menu item:

Supervisor - Authorised to clear partial statistics data. Administrator - Authorised to clear partial and total statistics data.

This function can only be carried out if no credits are available on the terminal.

SERVICE - Depending on their access rights, authorised technicians can view or change technical settings of the devices.

FINANCES - Here all bookkeeping data can be viewed depending on the access rights of the user. (Changes cannot be made!)

Printer PRINTED TICKETS - Opens a window to view all tickets printed at the terminal (since last reset!).<< / >> - The arrow keys facilitate the paper control of the ticket printer.RESET - To reset the printer to a defined initial state.

P a g e 1 0 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

LOGIN

Title: Password

Function:This window is used to log into the respective subdirectory of the audit menu. Access to the system is granted depending on the access rights of the user.

Description:LOGIN ACCOUNT - Use the drop-down button or the arrow key to select the user status (Supervisor

or Administrator).

ENTER PASSWORD - Area to enter the password.

Cancel - Closes this option.OK - Password check.

Additional information:All characters entered by a user are edited with an asterisk “*” in the edit window. After a password has been entered and OK has been pressed, the respective menu is displayed.

P a g e 1 0 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.2 Remote

Title: REMOTE

Path: AUDIT MENU \ REMOTE

Function:If the Remote In function is activated on the Novo Unity Server (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Settings \ Parameters \ Pay In \ Remote In) the attendant can effect a pay-in in every game phase, except during the drawing phase and when there are bets placed. Depending on activation or deactivation of the Remote Dialog function on the Novo Unity Server (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In \ Remote Dialog) the following options are available:

Remote Dialog activated:After the REMOTE button has been pressed the following window will be displayed:

Description:REMOTE IN - Press the respective button(s) to add the desired amount.CURRENT CREDIT - Shows the current credit.

APPLY - To insert the selected amount.ABORT - Closes the window without any cash transfer.

Remote Dialog not activated:After the REMOTE button has been pressed the value defined as Remote In Rate (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In \ Remote In Rate) is accumulated to the credit each time the Remote function is carried out.

P a g e 11 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 111


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.3 Reset Data

Title: RESET ALL DATA

Path: AUDIT MENU \ RESET DATA

Function:This window can be used to reset (set to zero) partial/total statistics. This function can only be carried out if no credits are available on the terminal.

Description:Reset Cash - If this option is selected, the Cash In and Cash Out statistics can

be cleared.Reset Tickets - If this option is selected, the value of the printed tickets can be cleared

on the terminal. (A reset has no influence on the cashdesk! Data are maintained.)

LevelPartial - By selecting this option the partial statistics can be cleared.Total (RAM CLEAR) - By selecting this option the total statistics can be cleared.

EXIT - No reset is performed and the program window is closed.RESET - The selected statistics will be cleared.

Access rights:Supervisor - Authorised to clear partial cash data.Administrator - Authorised to clear partial and total cash and tickets data.

Additional information:For certain jurisdictions a modified RAM Clear procedure is provided. Following describes this procedure including the PC Security Cover to fulfil relevant technical standard requirements.

P a g e 11 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Modified RAM Clear Procedure for certain jurisdictions only:

CASE 1The terminal requires RAM Clear procedure due of according actions (parameter change, etc.).In this case the terminal will be blocked and a message indicates the required RAM Clear procedure on the screen: “Parameter Changed – RAM Clear required”.

CASE 2The RAM Clear procedure will be executed by an authorized person due of any according reason directly on the terminal.

NOTE

The RAM Clear procedure can only be executed when the Logic Door has been opened and the PC Security Cover has been removed before by an authorized person (audit key). Further a RAM Clear procedure can only be executed when there are no credits on the terminal.

1) Turn the audit key to get access to the audit menu:

2) Select the RESET DATA button to gain access to the RAM Clear area. The login window will pop up automatically:

P a g e 11 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

3) Enter the Administrator password (only the Administrator role is allowed to execute the RAM Clear procedure; the Supervisor role may only clear the cash and partial data, but not any ticket data).

4) After a successful login the RESET ALL DATA window will open automatically.

5) Check the radio button next to Total (RAM Clear). The check box next to Reset Tickets can be activated optionally.

NOTE

It is also possible to clear only ticket data without losing any cash data. If no check box is activated (neither next to Reset Tickets nor next to Reset Cash), the RESET button will be inactive.

6) Press the RESET button. The following confirmation message will appear automatically:

7) Confirm the execution of the RAM Clear procedure by pressing the OK button. The procedure can also be aborted by pressing the Cancel button. In this case the application will switch back to the RESET ALL DATA window without deleting any data.

P a g e 11 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

9) Mount the PC Security Cover and close the Logic Door again. 10) Close the audit menu by turning the audit key.

INFORMATION

After any “clear data” procedure the game will be reloaded by the Game Manager application (file integrity check, etc.) automatically for the initialisation of the terminal.

After completion of the RAM Clear procedure:

CASE 1Audit menu + Logic Door closed + Security Cover mounted:

The terminal switches back to the normal game mode (reload and check via Game Manager) after the audit menu has been closed by turning the audit key.

CASE 2Audit menu + Logic Door open + PC Security Cover removed:

After closing the audit menu and game reloading the warning messages “Security Cover” and “Logic Door” will appear successively on the terminal screen. The machine will be blocked and the “Logic Door Open Sound” will appear (same sound for PC Security Cover and for Logic Door opened). In this case both conditions (mounting the PC Security Cover and closing the Logic Door) must be rectified. Afterwards the warning messages can be reset by turning the audit key.

After confirming this message by pressing the OK button the application returns to the RESET ALL DATA window without deleting any data. The procedure must be repeated. Without fulfilling above conditions first a RAM Clear cannot be executed!

8) When the RAM Clear sequence has been confirmed all selected data (tickets and/or cash) will be cleared and set to zero. The successful completion of the procedure will be confirmed by the following message:

NOTE

For the case the Logic Door and/or the PC Security Cover has not been opened or removed before, the following confirmation message will occur automatically after the RESET button has been pressed:

P a g e 11 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4 Service

Title: Service Menu

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE

Function:The options of the service menu will only be displayed after an appropriate password has been entered.A variety of machine settings can be viewed. The following window will be displayed:

P a g e 11 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Supervisor - Reading rights (except Hardware Settings and Set Parameters)Administrator - Reading rights

P a g e 11 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:

ATTENTION

The menu Hardware Settings is used to check all binary inputs and outputs of the PC card. It is exclusively provided for error analyses and testing purposes after consulting with the Technical Support of AGI!

Test Functions - Used to test hardware devices connected with the terminal.

Calibrate Touch Screen - Used to calibrate the touchscreen.

Check Game Protocol - To check the online protocol which is implemented on the Novo Unity Server.

Show Trace File - Shows information about hardware-related events and game-related that are saved in a log file.

Dll`s Version - Shows name, date and version of individual program Dlls.

Set Parameters - Here all game-related data are saved and can be viewed.

Exit - To quit the service menu.

Additional information:None.

!

P a g e 11 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.1 PC Card

Title: PC Card

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings

Function:This window checks all binary inputs and outputs of the PC card.The functioning of cash and meter components at the player terminal can be checked.

Description:Interfaces - Shows the existing interfaces and their status.

Mounted Connection with interface exists. Unmounted No connection to the interface.

Mount - Establish connection with interface.Unmount - Discontinue connection with interface.Multi Cash - Can be used to check the status of the multi-interface card.Multi IO - Can be used to check inputs and outputs of the multi-interface card.Meter - Can be used to check the meter hardware.

P a g e 11 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

DoorLog - Shows the number of times the Logic Door has been opened and closed and how often the terminal has been switched on and off. For certain jurisdictions the Security Bill Door and the Security Cover will be displayed additionally.

Watchdog - Without function.

Status - Shows the current power supply.

Error - Shows the error status of the PC card.

Keys - Can be used to check active key switches.

Doors - Can be used to check the door status of each terminal (open, closed). An empty check box means the door is closed. Exception: Top Large Door and Door In Door -> empty check box means the door is open!

Binary IO - Can be used to check inputs and outputs of the PC card.

Exit - Closes the window.


P a g e 1 2 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.1.1 Multi Cash

Title: Multi-Interface

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Multi Cash

Function:This window can be used to check the status of the multi-interface card.

Description:Device - Shows the address, identification number (Id) and software version of the current

multi-interface card.

Set Global Command - Reads in commands and forwards them to the multi-interface for execution.

Diverter HopperControl Mode - If the hopper high level is reached (= high level + 100 coins) all subsequent coins

will go into the cashbox.

Diverter Off - A manual check of the functioning of the diverter coil.

Clear Status All - Without function.

Clear RAM - Clears the memory of the multi-interface.

P a g e 1 2 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Reset - Resets the multi-interface.

Show Status - Can be used to check and display the status messages of the multi-interface.


Channels - This area is used to activate and check/test hopper, bill and coin acceptor channels. (After quitting this menu, these settings will be reset to the Novo Unity Server settings.)

Enable global - Can be used to check all settings of the bill and coin acceptor channels as well as of the hopper channel. For security reasons, however, it is strongly recommended not to use this function. Any changes should only be made in the Novo Unity Server software.

Please see part V Novo Unity Server. This function allows the user to stop the coin acceptor, the bill acceptor and the

hopper.

Set - To start the test of the selected channels.

Get - To apply the changes until the Audit key is operated again.


P a g e 1 2 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.1.1.a Multi-Interface's Status

Title: Multiinterface's Status

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Multi Cash \ Show Status

Function:This window can be used to check and display the status and error messages of the multi-interface.

Description:If a check box is empty, no message/status exists.



P a g e 1 2 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.1.2 Multi Binary Inputs and Outputs

Title: Multi Binary Inputs and Outputs

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Multi IO

Function:This window can be used to check inputs and outputs of the multi-interface card.

Description:Binary I/O - Manual input (activation) of the inputs and outputs of the multi-interface.



P a g e 1 2 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.1.3 Meter Interface

Title: Meter Interface

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Meter

Function:This window can be used to check meters whose function can be freely assigned. These settings are made upon installation of the system by AGI's Technical Support team.

Description:Get total (Channel) - Indicates the amount of the electronic meters (this value need not be identical

with the amount of the mechanical meters).

Set total/Increase - Enter any value (e. g. amount of the mechanical meter).

Set - To set the values entered in the input fields of Set total/Increase which can be transferred to the Get total values by pressing the Get button. These values will be transferred automatically after leaving the menu Hardware Settings. If set to zero, these meters will function as daily meters.

Get - After the Set button has been pressed the values entered in the input fields of Set total/Increase can be transferred to the Get total values by selecting the Get button, but without leaving the menu Hardware Settings.

Increase - This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (hardware password is required).

Status - Indicates the current status of the meters.

P a g e 1 2 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Clear RAM - This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (a hardware password is required).

Reset - Resets the Set total/Increase values.



P a g e 1 2 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.1.4 Door Log

Title: Door Log

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Door Log

Function:The Door Log function is provided only for certain jurisdictions and requires the installation of the security board in the terminal. In this case a window will be opened after pressing the Door Log button. It shows how often the Logic Door has been opened and closed and how often the terminal has been switched on and off. If the Security Bill Door and the Security Cover are installed additionally in the terminal, also their openings and closings can be followed in this window. As the security board is equipped with a battery the openings and closings will also be registered if the terminal is switched off.

Description:Device - Shows the current address of the security board.Status - Shows the current status of the security board.Events Count - Shows how often the Logic Door has been opened/closed and how often the terminal

has been switched on and off. Additionally the openings and closings of the Security Bill Door and the Security Cover can be displayed.

Last Events - Shows the date, the time and the kind of the event.

Set Time - The current system time is transmitted to the security board. This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (a hardware password is required).

P a g e 1 2 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Clear RAM - Allows to clear Last Events data. This function is reserved to AGI technicians for testing purposes (hardware password is required).



P a g e 1 2 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.1.5 Binary IO

Title: PC Card Inputs & Outputs

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Hardware Settings \ PC Card \ Binary IO

Function:This window is used to check and control inputs and outputs of the PC card.

Description:Binary I/O - Manual entry (activation) of inputs and outputs of the multi-interface

(e. g. illumination of the mechanical meters).

OK - Closes the window.


P a g e 1 2 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.2 Test Functions

Title: Test Functions

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Test Functions

Function:This window is used to test hardware devices connected with the terminal.The Exit button closes the window and returns to the service menu.

P a g e 1 3 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.2.1 Hopper Test

Title: Hopper Test

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Test functions

Function:The window is used for testing the functioning of the hopper.

Description:Payout - First insert several coins (maximum 10 coins) to activate the Payout button.

Press the Payout button to eject the inserted coins in order to test the payout and meter function of the hopper.


IV.4.2.2 Bill Validator Test

Title: Bill Validator Test


Function:By pressing the Bill Validator Test button the functioning of the bill acceptor can be checked. After insertion of a bill the values can be verified.

P a g e 1 3 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.2.3 Top Light Test

Title: Top Light Test


Function:After pressing the Top Light Test button the Top light will be activated to check the lamps and flashing frequency. The below window appears:

Description:Exit - Aborts the test, closes the window and goes back to the audit menu.

IV.4.2.4 Printer Test

Title: Printer Test


Function:Not used.


P a g e 1 3 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.3 Calibrate Touchscreen

Title: Micro Touch Touchscreen Properties

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Calibrate Touchscreen

Function:For an easy and exact calibration of the touchscreen use the Calibrate Touch Screen menu option.The below window will be displayed:

ATTENTION

The Front Large Door have to be closed during the calibration process!The terminal cabinet must not be touched during the calibration process in order to avoid incorrect settings!

- Select the Calibrate button to start the calibration.

INFORMATION

If you press the Escape key or do not touch the screen within twenty seconds, the system automatically cancels the calibration process with no change to the current settings.

!

P a g e 1 3 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Two calibration targets (“2-point calibration”) will appear on the screen. Next to the calibration target in the lower left corner a hand symbol will be displayed that guides you through the calibration process:

- Press the calibration target next to the hand symbol. The hand symbol will begin to flash and the information “Hold” will be displayed next to it.

- Hold on pressing until the hand symbol stops flashing and the information “Touch Enabled” appears. - Repeat these instructions for the second calibration target by following the hand symbol. Afterwards the

below warning will shortly appear:

- The Calibration Complete window will open asking for the calibration test:

P a g e 1 3 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

- Test the calibration as recommended.

Done Press the Done button to accept the calibration settings and to return to the TouchWare Properties window.

Calibrate To correct the settings, press the Calibrate button to repeat the calibration process.

- Select the tab Cursor within the TouchWare Properties window:

- Press the Stabilise Cursor... button and the below window will appear:

P a g e 1 3 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

- Press Yes to continue. In the following window the suggested frequency will be displayed:

Accept - Select the Accept button to save the setting.Cancel - Closes the window without saving the setting.Advanced - Opens the Select Frequency window. Please do not make any changes!

ATTENTION

Please do not change any other options!

!

P a g e 1 3 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.4 Check Game Protocol

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Check Game Protocol

Function:This menu item can be used to check whether the online protocol set on the Novo Unity Server is activated or deactivated.Depending on the kind of online protocol one of the following windows will be displayed:

Description:Start test (BACTA) - Initiates tests of the BACTA protocol.Quit, OK or Exit - Closes the window.

Additional information:If the Online Protocol or the Online Protocol COM Port on the Novo Unity Server are set to None (path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Online Protocols) the following window will be displayed:

P a g e 1 3 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

If the serial interface assigned to the parameter Online Protocol COM Port is already used by another device, an error message will be displayed on the terminal screen depending on the online protocol set on the Novo Unity Server. For example:

If a connection to the online protocol cannot be established, an error message will be displayed on the terminal screen depending on the online protocol set on the Novo Unity Server. For example:

P a g e 1 3 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.5 Show Log File

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Show Log File

Function:This window provides information on data contained in the log file at the player terminal. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important hardware- and game-related events occurred on the player terminal.These data are relevant only for AGI service technicians and programmers.

Description:DATE and TIME - Date and time of the event.DESCRIPTION - Designation of the event, for example new parameters, game finished, game started,

cash: set wins/bets, door: open/closed, etc.Pg Up - Go to previous page.Pg Dn - Go to next page.Ln Up - Go back one line.Ln Dn - Go to next line.Home - Show first entry.End - Show last entry.Refresh - Perform an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time

while games are being played in the background).Options - Opens the options window shown below allowing to filter certain entries out of the

log file.Please see next page additional information.

Close - Closes the window.

P a g e 1 3 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Additional information:After pressing the Options button in the Log File window the following window will be opened:

Description:To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and press the OK button to display only the selected events in the Log File window. The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.

P a g e 1 4 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.6 Dlls Version

Title: Dlls Version

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Dlls Version

Function:This window shows the DLL version number and the date and time when the version installed was compiled.

Description:Name - Name of the respective DLL.

Current Version - Shows the DLL version currently used.

TIME - Indicates the time when the DLL was compiled.

DATE - Indicates the date when the DLL was compiled.



P a g e 1 4 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.7 Set Parameters

Title: PARAMETERS (Read only)

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Set Parameters

Function:Here all settings that have been made on the Novo Unity Server can be viewed. Changes can only be made on the Novo Unity Server!

Description:Arrow buttons - Navigates up and down within the window.



P a g e 1 4 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.4.8 Exit

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Exit

Function:Press this button to quit the service menu and to go back to the audit menu.

P a g e 1 4 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5 Finances

Title: Finances Menu

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES

Function:This program menu shows bookkeeping statistics.

Supervisor - Reading and writing rights for partial dataAdministrator - Reading and writing rights for partial and total data

P a g e 1 4 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03Description:WinsCoin Out (Win) - Total amount of wins in all games, except for manual payouts (handpays).

Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button.

Total Win - Total amount of wins in all games including manual payouts (handpays).Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button.

Tip money - Total amount of tip money in all games.

Cashcon JP - No function.Novo Unity JP - No function.

IV.5.1 Finances

Title: FINANCES

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Finances

Function:This window shows total and partial bookkeeping statistics of the terminal.

P a g e 1 4 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

BetsCoin In (Bet) - Total amount of bets in all games.

GamesTotal Games - Number of games played.Won Games - Total number of all games won.Games Since Power Up - Total number of all games played since commencement of play (power up).Games Since Door Close - Total number of games played since the most recent door error reset.

TotalTotal In - Total amount paid in for all games.Total Out - Total amount paid out for all games.Income - Difference between Total In and Total Out = Net profit of the terminal.

INFORMATION

The Income value does not relate to the payout rate!

Total Out/In % - Ratio in percent between the total amount paid in and the total amount paid out.

Total Bet - Total amount of bets in all games.Total Tip Money - Total amount of tip money in all games.Total Win - Total amount of wins in all games including manual payouts (handpays).Income - Difference between Total Bet and Total Win.Wins/Bets % - Ratio in percent between bets and wins for all games.

EXIT - Closes the window.SAVE REPORT - The bookkeeping report can be written to a file and saved on a disk

or on a hard disk.


P a g e 1 4 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.2 Cash In/Out

Title: CASH

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Cash

Function:This window shows pay-in and pay-out statistics.

Description:Cash OutHopper 1 Out - Payout via the hopper.Printed Ticket - Value of redeemable tickets printed from the terminal.

Cancelled Credits - Manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button:

a) To clear an error b) To reset the credit display on the terminal screen (not in all jurisdictions).

Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the CANCEL CREDITS button.

Handpays - Paid out wins by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY button.Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button.

P a g e 1 4 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Remote Out - Manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY and CANCEL CREDITS buttons.

Cashable Out - Payout of cashable credits on a card.Noncashable Out - Payout of non cashable credits on a card.Promotional Out - Payout of complimentary credits on a card.

Cash InBills - Number and value of bills paid in per channel and total amounts.

Coins Hopper 1 In - Number and value of coins carried from the coin acceptor into the hopper

per channel.Cashbox 1 In - Number and value of coins carried from the coin acceptor into the cashbox

per channel.Others

Remote In - Insertion of credits by the attendant using the remote function.Cashable In - Insertion of cashable credits from a card.Noncashable In - Insertion of noncashable credits from a card.Promotional In - Insertion of complimentary credits from a card (cannot be cashed,

can only be used for game-play).Ticket In - Insertion of credits from a ticket.

SumCoin In (Real) - Total of all coins paid in.Bill In - Total of all bills paid in.Remote In - Total of all amounts inserted using the remote function.Cashless In - Total of all amounts inserted from a card.Ticket In - Total of all amounts inserted from a ticket.

Coin Out (Real) - Total of all coins paid out.Printer Out - Total of all redeemable tickets printed.Remote Out - Total of all amounts paid out by the attendant after pressing the HANDPAY

or CANCEL CREDITS button.Cashless Out - Total of all amounts paid out to a card.

Total In - Total of all amounts paid in.Total Out - Total of all amounts paid out.Income - Difference between Total In and Total Out = net profit of the terminal.

PARTIAL/TOTAL - Used to switch between partial and total statistics.

SAVE REPORT - The bookkeeping report can be written to a file and saved on a disk or on a hard disk.

EXIT - Closes the window.


P a g e 1 4 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.3 Doors

Title: DOORS & KEYS

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Doors

Function:This window shows the number of times each door has been opened and the number of times the audit key has been used.

Description:PARTIAL/TOTAL - Used to switch between partial and total statistics.

Door Opened Number - Indicates the number of times each door has been opened.

Key Switch On/Off Number - Indicates the number of times the attendant key (= audit key) has been used.

EXIT - Closes the window.

SAVE REPORT - The bookkeeping report can be written to a file and saved on a disk or on the hard disk.


P a g e 1 4 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.4 Bank Notes In

Title: Last 40 Banknotes Paid In

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Bank Notes In

Function:This window indicates information on the last 40 bills inserted on the terminal.

Description:Channel - Number of bill channel.Value - In currency units.Time - Time of bill insertion.Date - Date of bill insertion.Current: Time - Current time Date - Current date



P a g e 1 5 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.5 Game Statistics

Title: Game Statistics

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Game Statistics

Function:Not used.

P a g e 1 5 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.6 Hopper refill/dump

Title: Hopper: Test, Refill or Remove Coins

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Hopper refill/dump

Function:This window can be used to test the hopper functions.

Description:Hopper Coins SumCoins In Hopper - Number of coins transported by the coin acceptor to the hopper.Coins In Cashbox - Number of coins transported by the coin acceptor to the cashbox.Hopper Refilled Coins - Number of coins refilled into the hopper.Hopper Removed Coins - Number of coins paid out from the hopper, using the Remove Coins

button.Coins Pay Out - Number of coins paid out to the player after the Cash button has been

selected.SUM - Shows the total number of coins inserted via the coin acceptor and those

registered as refills. This information is only available if all refills have been registered in this window as described below.

P a g e 1 5 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Hopper Refill (Refilling coins):After each hopper refill, the coins refilled must be registered by pressing the buttons 100 coins, 10 coins and 1 coin. After this, the Refill button must be pressed.

Clear - The value entered with the Coin buttons can be cancelled by using the Clear function.

Remove All Coins From HopperRemove Coins - All coins currently in the hopper are paid out (via the hopper). The amount paid out

must be identical with the amount that is indicated in the “Coins In Hopper” area.

Hopper TestA technician can insert coins (maximum 10 coins) and pay them out to test the functioning of the hopper.

INFORMATION

Coins inserted and dispensed in this way will not be reflected in the accounting (meters, software, etc.).

Payout - Pays out the coins.


Additional information:This function is optional and can be activated on the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Pay In. For further information:

Please see part V Novo Unity Server.

P a g e 1 5 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.7 Show Log File

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SERVICE \ Show Log File

Function:This window provides information on data contained in the log file at the player terminal. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important hardware- and game-related events occurred on the player terminal.These data are relevant only for AGI service technicians and programmers.

Description:DATE and TIME - Date and time of the event.DESCRIPTION - Designation of the event, for example new parameters, game finished, game

started, cash: set wins/bets, door: open/closed, etc.Pg Up - Go to previous page.Pg Dn - Go to next page.Ln Up - Go back one line.Ln Dn - Go to next line.Home - Show first entry.End - Show last entry.Refresh - Perform an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of

time while games are being played in the background).Options - Opens the options window shown below allowing to filter certain entries out of

the log file.Please see next page additional information.

Close - Closes the window.

P a g e 1 5 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Additional information:After pressing the Options button in the Log File window the following window will be opened:

Description:To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and press the OK button to display only the selected events in the Log File window. The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.

P a g e 1 5 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.8 Show Payouts

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Show Payouts

Function:This window can be used to view all manual payouts made by the attendant (handpays + cancelled credits) expressed in bookkeeping values.

Description:DATE and TIME - Date and time of the payout.DESCRIPTION - This area provides information on the game number and the amount

paid out. Pg Up - Go to previous page.Pg Dn - Go to next page.Ln Up - Go back one line.Ln Dn - Go to next line.Home - Show first entry.End - Show last entry.Refresh - Perform an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of

time while games are being played in the background).Close - Closes the window.

P a g e 1 5 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.5.9 Exit

Path: AUDIT MENU \ FINANCES \ Exit

Function:Press this button to quit the service menu and to go back to the audit menu.

P a g e 1 5 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.6 Printer

Path: AUDIT MENU \ PRINTER

Function:This menu item is used to view information about printed tickets, to reset the printer and to use the paper control of the printer.

Description:PrinterPRINTED TICKETS - To view all tickets printed on the terminal

(only as far back as the most recent reset!).<< - To take back paper.>> - To feed paper.RESET - To reset the printer to a defined initial state.

Additional information:After pressing the PRINTED TICKETS button the below window is displayed:

P a g e 1 5 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Next printed ticket number - Shows the number of the next ticket to be printed.Pg Up - Go to previous page.Pg Dn - Go to next page.Ln Up - Go back one line.Ln Dn - Go to next line.Home - Show first entry.End - Show last entry.Exit - Closes the window.Login - Depending on the respective access rights, the Print and

Save report buttons are activated upon login. In addition the Reset Local Ticket Information button will be displayed:

P a g e 1 5 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

! ATTENTION

Test printing with no paper in the printer can damage the thermo printing head!

Description:Print - By selecting a ticket and pressing the Print button a copy of a previously

printed ticket is issued.Reset LocalTicket Information - After pressing this additional button within the Printed Tickets window all

ticket data will be deleted from the terminal after confirming the following message:

Description:OK - Press the OK button to delete ticket data.Cancel - Press the Cancel button to abort the process.

Save report - The ticket report can be written to a file and saved on a disk or on the hard disk. The following window will be displayed:

P a g e 1 6 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Report file - The ticket report can be saved as HTML file, text file or Excel file. Activate

the check box next to the desired file type.

Destination folderFloppy 1.44MB [A] - As destination the disk drive is suggested. Deactivate this check box to

determine another destination.Path - In this field a destination folder will be automatically suggested after the

check box above has been deactivated.File - To enter the file name.

Browse - By selecting the Browse button the suggested destination folder can be changed.

OK - Press the OK button to complete the process.Cancel - Press the Cancel button if the process should be aborted.

P a g e 1 6 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.7 Shutdown Game

Title: System Shutdown

Path: AUDIT MENU \ SHUTDOWN GAME

Function:This function is used to initiate the shutdown procedure of the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Game Server or Novo Unity Server. After pressing the Shutdown game button the following message will be displayed:

Description:Yes - Confirm this message by pressing the Yes button, if you would like to shut down the game

program on all terminals that are connected to the Game Server. Subsequent a message e. g. “Table will get closed after 3 games” will inform the players at the terminals. How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games only the payout function will be available on the terminals.

All Tables - Confirm this message by pressing the All Tables button, if you would like to shut down the game program on all terminals that are connected to the Novo Unity Server. Subsequent a message e. g. “Table will get closed after 3 games” will inform the players at the terminals. How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games only the payout function will be available on the terminals.

No - Select No to abort the process and to close the window.


P a g e 1 6 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

IV.8 Previous Games

Path: AUDIT MENU \ PREVIOUS GAMES

Function:Here the casino attendant can look into the 1000 most recent games played.

P a g e 1 6 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

The following information is provided for the selected game:

CREDIT BEFORE GAME - Credits before the start of the selected game.COIN IN (BET) - Total bet of the selected game.COIN OUT (WIN)INCL. HANDPAYS - Total win (including manual payouts by the attendant) of the selected

game.BILL IN - Credits paid in via the bill acceptor during the selected game.COIN IN (REAL) - Credits paid in via the coin acceptor during the selected game.REMOTE IN - Credits paid in using the remote function during the selected game.CASHLESS IN - Credits paid in from a card.TICKET IN - Credits paid in from a ticket.COIN OUT (REAL) - Payout effected via the hopper before the selected game.REMOTE OUT - Manual payout effected by the attendant (handpays and cancelled credits)

before the selected game.TICKET OUT - Payout effected via the ticket printer before the selected game.CASHLESS OUT - Payout to a card before the selected game.SUM - Total amount of credits of the selected game.

DATE - Indicates the record date of the selected game.TIME - Indicates the record time of the selected game.TABLE - Indicates the table name of the selected game.GAME - Indicates the game number.FLAG - Press this button for button designations and labelling to be displayed in

the desired language.

By using the Previous and Next buttons this information can be accessed for each of the last 1000 games played on the terminal.

To return to the game press the Back To Main Screen button.

P a g e 1 6 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part V - Novo Unity Server

V.1 General Information

V.2 Novo Unity Server

V.3 Multi Game

V.3.1 Installed Game

V.3.2 Novo Multi-Table Roulette™

P a g e 1 6 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

N O V O U N I T Y S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 1 6 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.1 General Information

V.1.1 Drop-down windows

Path: User (not logged in)

Function:Users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Novo Unity Server after clicking on the Login command.The following window will be displayed when logging in:

Description:User name - Select the user.Password - Enter the valid password.

OK - Password check.Cancel - Closes the window without logging in.

Additional information:All characters entered by a user are displayed with an asterisk “*” in the edit window.

P a g e 1 6 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: User \ Users

Function:Users - This command opens the Users window (please see below). It can be used for the

administration of user data (images, passwords and access rights). Existing data can be changed and new users can be added.

Description:Exit - Closes the window.Accept - Saves the settings.Cancel - Resets the made settings.Remove user - Deletes the selected user.Add user - Starts the process to add a new user (please see below).Set password - Opens the Change Password window (please see below) where the new password of

the selected user can be entered.

NOTE

The following image buttons are only relevant for the game Novo TouchBet Live-Roulette™.

Delete image - Deletes the image of the selected user.Choose image - Opens the Choose image window where the location of the image to be inserted can

be specified.Export images - Opens the Browse For Folder window where the location of the image within the

database can be specified.

P a g e 1 6 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of the process to add a user or to change user data:

1) Click on the Add user button to attach a new user or highlight the user in the left part of the window, to change existing user data.

2) To determine or change the user's login click into the Login edit field and enter the desired name. 3) Use the drop-down button to select the user type and to predefine the user's access rights to the

Novo Unity Server. The following user types can be selected:

SUPERVISOR, ADMINISTRATOR, PRODUCER - Allow access rights to the Novo Unity Server. These users may also switch from

the Novo Unity Sever to the Novo Unity Management Console by using the Management Console button.

Please see also section V.1.2 Icons. Web User - Allows only access rights to the Novo Unity Management Console installed on an

external PC. Cashier - Allows only access rights to the Novo Unity Cashdesk. Dealer - Allows only access rights to the Dealer Board. To display an image of the user on

the Dealer Board and optional on the Wheel Information Display, please select the user type Dealer. Otherwise the image will only be displayed in the Users window!

Cashier Manager - Allows only access rights to the Novo Unity Cashdesk.

4) Activate the check box next to “Account is active” to indicate the user name in the login window of the respective device (Novo Unity Server, Management Console or Cashdesk).

5) Click on the Report rights button to open the following window:

P a g e 1 7 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

6) This window contains the report groups of the Novo Unity Management Console. To each report group a standard rights profile is assigned by the Technical Support of AGI. Click on the OK button to accept the predefined rights profile for the user. If you would like to change the rights profile click on the Reset button first and afterwards in the respective column of the desired standard rights profile. If you would like to cancel the user's access to the Novo Unity Management Console, select the Reset button followed by the OK button.

INFORMATION

Cancel - Closes the window without applying any settings.Default - Selects the standard rights profile of the selected user type.Reset - Deletes the rights assignment to the report groups.

7) If the user type DEALER has been selected, click on the Choose image button to paste an image to be displayed on the Dealer Board. Otherwise continue with step 14.

8) The Choose image window will open. Use the drop-down button to specify the location of the image. 9) Click on the Open button within the Choose image window to paste the image.

NOTE

The size of the image must not exceed 65534 bytes. Else the following message will be displayed:

10) Click on the Export images button to determine the location of the picture within the database. 11) The Browse For Folder window will open:

P a g e 1 7 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

15) Enter the desired password. 16) Confirm the entered password. 17) Save the entered password for the new user by selecting the OK button.

INFORMATION

All characters entered by the user are displayed with an asterisk “*” in the edit window.The Cancel button closes the window without saving the password.

18) Click on the Exit button to close the Users window. 19) If a new image has been attached, the process has to be completed by synchronizing and updating

the game files:

14) Click on the Accept button within the Users window to save the changed settings. If a new user has been attached the following window will open to enter the password:

12) Select the location in path D: \ Novomatic \ Games \ TouchBetRoulette resp. Multi-Table Roulette \ ROULETTE \ EXCHANGE \ BMP \ USERS and continue with the OK button.

13) The following message will be shortly displayed confirming the successfully saved image:

P a g e 1 7 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

20) Highlight the menu item Files (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ TouchBetRoulette resp. Multi-Table Roulette \ Files) in the left part of the Novo Unity Server window and open the context sensitive menu by a right mouse click. Select the command Synchronize first and wait for the completion of the process. Finally choose the command Update. The Game Server and all connected devices will shut down and restart automatically.

P a g e 1 7 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: User \ MC Groups

Function:MC Groups - This function is only relevant for the Technical Support of AGI.

P a g e 1 7 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: User \ MC Reports

Function:MC Reports - This function is only relevant for the Technical Support of AGI.

P a g e 1 7 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: User \ Logout

Function:Logout - This command is used to terminate access.

P a g e 1 7 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: Game \ Add

Function:Add ... - After selecting the command Add... the below window is displayed:

Description:Yes - Attaches a XML file (new game file or new server version) to the existing database. A

window offering all available XML files will appear. Highlight the respective file and click on the Open button. The following window will be displayed:

Select the Restart button and the Novo Unity Server program will shut down automatically. Restart the Novo Unity Server program by pressing the “Windows” key and selecting the menus Programs \ Startup \ Novo Unity Server.

Description:No - Selecting the No button in the Game installation window starts the verification of XML

files. A window offering all available XML files will appear. Highlight the respective file and click on the Open button. The completion of the process will be indicated in the Novo Unity Server Trace window (“Verifying database done”).

NOTE

Note that the parameter Server Tracer has to be activated (path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Services) that the Novo Unity Server Trace window shows information on the process.

Cancel - Closes the window without attaching or verifying XML files.

P a g e 1 7 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Function:Remove - First select the respective menu item within the left part of the window (e. g. Novo Multi-

Table Roulette™, etc.) and then select the command Remove. The below window will be displayed:

Path: Game \ Remove

Description:Yes - Deletes all game-related data from the Novo Unity Server.No - Closes the window without deleting any data.

P a g e 1 7 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: Database \ Backup

After login in as Administrator the menu Database includes the following commands:

Function:Backup - This command is used to generate a backup of the database (the name is

automatically assigned to e. g. dbf.31.07.2006.bak).Restore - No function.

P a g e 1 7 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Function:Backup - This command is used to generate a backup of the database (the name is

automatically assigned to e. g. dbf.31.07.2006.bak).Cleanup - After selecting the command Cleanup the following window appears:

Description:Yes - Deletes all recorded data (finances, statistics, trace) from the Novo Unity Server.No - Closes the window without deleting any data.

Path: Database \ Cleanup

After login in as Producer the menu Database includes the following commands:

P a g e 1 8 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: Help

Function:Novo Unity Components - Opens the following list showing the version number and the saving path

of all software components of the Novo Unity System.

About Novo Unity Server - Version and Copyright information (please see illustration).

P a g e 1 8 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.1.2 Icons

Login\Logout User

Function:After clicking on the Login\Logout User button users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Novo Unity Server.The following window will be displayed when logging in:

Login:

Logout:To terminate access the Login\Logout User button has to be pressed again.

P a g e 1 8 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Function:With this icon the Novo Unity Server program is shut down after a confirmation.

The following window opens:

Stop Server

Description:Yes - The Novo Unity Server application will be stopped and the Novo Unity Server window will be

closed.No - Closes the window without stopping the Novo Unity Server application.


P a g e 1 8 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Function:After a click on the Server UPS Settings icon opens the below window where internal operating parameters of the UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) can be set. The following window shows the default settings:

Description:Ups Operating ParametersHigh Transfer Point

The High Transfer Point area is used to set the maximum line voltage for online transactions. If the utility voltage exceeds this value, the UPS will go on battery operation.

Low Transfer Point The Low Transfer Point area is used to set the minimum line voltage for online transactions.

Sensitivity The Sensitivity area is used to set the incoming line voltage deviation which the UPS should resist before going on battery, i.e. how sensitive the UPS should be to power oscillations. The possible settings are: High, Medium and Low.

Server UPS Settings

P a g e 1 8 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Nominal UPS Output The Nominal UPS Output area indicates the output operating voltage that the UPS supplies to the connected equipment when the UPS operates on battery.

UPS Shutdown ParametersUPS Low Battery Signal Time

This area is used to set the time (in minutes of remaining battery operation time) at which the UPS should shut down on account of low battery voltage.

UPS Turn off Delay This area is used to set the number of seconds which the UPS will wait after shutting down an application program (by sending the respective message) before the UPS turns off its power outlets and thus no longer supplies power to the connected equipment.

UPS Wakeup Delay (Time) To avoid branch circuit overload, the UPS will wait the specified time after the return of utility power before turn on.

UPS Wakeup Delay (Capacity) The UPS will charge its batteries to the specific percentage before return from a shutdown.

UPS Audible Warning To activate an acoustic indication for the following UPS warnings:

Power Fail Power Fail + 30 At Low Battery

To deactivate all acoustic indications Never Beep can be selected.

UPS Operating InfoModel Name

Displays the device type.Firmware Version

Displays the UPS firmware version.Firmware Revision

Displays the firmware revision number.Manufacturing Date

Displays the UPS manufacturing date.Serial Number

Displays the UPS serial number.Battery Level

Displays the present charge of the UPS's battery as a percentage of the battery's capacity.Internal Temperature

Displays the internal temperature of the UPS.Input Line Frequency

Displays the input line frequency.Input Line Voltage

Displays the input line voltage.Max Input Line Voltage

Displays the highest input line voltage that so far has been registeredMin Input Line Voltage

Displays the lowest input line voltage that so far has been registeredOutput Voltage

Displays the output voltage

P a g e 1 8 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Status Displays the operating state of the UPS: online Power supply available on Battery Power supply failure

OK - Saves the new settings.Cancel - Closes the window.

Additional information:If there is no connection to the UPS, the following window opens:

P a g e 1 8 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

View Server Logs

Function:After selecting the View Server Logs button the following window will be opened providing information on data contained in the log file at the Novo Unity Server. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important events occurred on the Novo Unity Server.

Description:DATE and TIME - Date and time of the event.DESCRIPTION - Designation of the event, for example: Game stopped / started, loading files and

parameters, register parameter limits, etc.Pg Up - Go to previous page.Pg Dn - Go to next page.Ln Up - Go back one line.Ln Dn - Go to next line.Home - Show first entry.End - Show last entry.

P a g e 1 8 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Refresh - Performs an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of time while operations are being carried out on the Novo Unity Server).

Close - Closes the window.Print - No function.

Additional information:After selecting the Options button the following window will be opened:

Description:To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and select the OK button . The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.

P a g e 1 8 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

View Management Console Logs

Function:After selecting the View Management Console Logs button the following window will be opened providing information on data contained in the log file at the Novo Unity Management Console. The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important events occurred on the Management Console.

Description:DATE and TIME - Date and time of the event.DESCRIPTION - Designation of the eventPg Up - Go to previous page.Pg Dn - Go to next page.Ln Up - Go back one line.Ln Dn - Go to next line.Home - Show first entry.End - Show last entry.

P a g e 1 8 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Refresh - Performs an update of the displayed information in the log file window (this button is only required if the window is open for a longer period of time while operations are being carried out on the Management Console).

Close - Closes the window.Print - No function.

Additional information:After selecting the Options button the following window will be opened:

Description:To filter certain entries out of the log file activate the respective check box(es) and select the OK button. The Cancel button closes the window without setting any filter.

P a g e 1 9 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Restart Management Console Service

Function:After selecting the Restart Management Console Service button all current users of the Novo Unity Management Console will be logged out.

This function is particularly relevant for the case of changing the user rights of the Novo Unity Management Console (“report rights”) by the Technical Support of AGI.

P a g e 1 9 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Level Up

Function:The Level Up button changes to a higher menu level.

Jackpot Controller Window

Function:The Mystery Jackpot is an additional feature of the Novo Unity Server.It is currently not in use.

P a g e 1 9 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

The following icons only appear after highlighting specific menu items within the left part of the window.

Function:The Check connections icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals which are online.

Please see also section V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window.

Function:The Update game files icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals to be updated by all game specific files. After the update is finished a green check mark will appear on the respective device symbol.


Function:The Update Game Parameters icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals to be updated with all current parameters.


Check connections

Update Game Parameters

Update game files

Function:After selecting the icon Export to Excel all tables (parameter lists, financial and statistical data) of the Novo Unity Server can be saved as an Excel file.

If no parameter list or table is displayed within the Novo Unity Server window, the following message will be displayed after the icon Export to Excel has been selected:

Export to Excel

P a g e 1 9 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Select levelPARTIAL - To reset all data since the last partial reset has been made.TOTAL - To reset all data since the last total reset has been made.

ResetAll terminals - To select a partial/total reset of all terminals.Single terminals - To select a partial/total reset of a single terminal.

Ticket resetReset terminal tickets - To reset the Printed Ticket List saved on the terminals.Reset server tickets - To reset the Printed Ticket List saved on the Novo Unity Server.

Reset - To carry out the reset as per the selections.Exit - Closes the window without clearing any data.

In addition, “Terminal”, “State”, “Credit” and “Time” are indicated. Ensure that there are no credits on the terminals before carrying out a reset. Else the following information will appear:

Function:The Reset cash data online icon opens the below indicated Online Data Reset window allowing the execution of a RAM Clear on all connected terminals:

Reset cash data online

P a g e 1 9 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Function:After selecting the Previous Win Numbers icon the following window will be displayed:

Previous Win Numbers

Choose the desired Game Server by a right mouse click in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window. The context sensitive menu offers the options to view or to reset the stored game results of the selected Game Server.

Select View to indicate a list showing date, time, game number, winning number and spin direction of a selected number of games. How many results are shown can be specified in path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Limits \ Last results.To delete these data select the command Reset.

Function:The Unity Save Tickets icon has presently no function!

Unity Save Tickets

Function:The Printed Ticket List icon shows information of printed tickets indicating “Terminal”, “Game No.”, “Ticket”, “State”, “Copy No.”, “Value [Currency]”, “Credit”, “Time” and “Date”.

Printed Ticket List

P a g e 1 9 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Function:The Management Console icon opens the Novo Unity Management Console, the reporting tool of the Novo Unity System.

For further information please see User Manual - Novo Unity Management Console.

Management Console

Function:The Show terminal events icon opens the Tools window showing the most important events occurred on the player terminal (Cash In, Cash Out, and so on). “Time”, “Terminal”, “Game” and “Message” are indicated.


Show terminal events

Function:The Select cash level and player id icon shows all financial and statistical data saved since the last total reset or Cleanup was performed.

Select cash level and player id

Function:The Get Game Cash Values icon shows all financial and statistical data saved since the last partial reset or Cleanup was performed.

Get Game Cash Values

P a g e 1 9 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Select the desired date(s) of trace data to be viewed in the trace folders. All events occurred on the dates provided with a green check mark will be displayed. After a mouse click on a single date the green check mark will be replaced by a red cross indicating that the events occurred on the respective date will not be displayed.

To display all recorded trace data activate the check box next to “Select all days”.

To set the number of events to be displayed enter the desired figure in the edit field. Please note that the number of events to be displayed refers to all selected dates. Enter an integer between 10 and 10,000. If another figure is entered the following message will be displayed:

Function:The Set terminal events filter icon opens the window Set filter which is indicated below:

Set terminal events filter

P a g e 1 9 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Update game modules

Function:The Update game modules icon opens the Tools window showing the terminals to be updated with all current modules (e. g. EXE, DLL files). After the update is finished a green check mark will appear on the respective terminal symbol.


Module versions

Function:The Module versions icon opens the Tools window showing a list of all Novo Unity Server- and game-related modules (DLL files). The information indicated is “Name”, “Version”, “Time”, “Date” and “Size” of the modules.


P a g e 1 9 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 1 9 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.1.3 Administrative Tools Window

After clicking on the following icons the Administrative Tools window will open:

Description:Parameter Update - An update of all current parameters on all connected devices will be performed.

Connection Check - This icon is used to review terminals which are online.

Start Game - Clicking on the Start icon will restart the game program after the Stop Game button has been chosen.

Check connections

Update Game Parameters

Update game files Update game modules

Module versions

Show terminal events

Function:Within this window updates of game versions, files and dll files can be performed. It also shows: .) active terminals (game play mode) and .) the communication between the Novo Unity Server and each device.

P a g e 2 0 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

ATTENTION

The Stop Game button may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes!

Stop Game - Clicking on the Stop Game button will stop the game program on all connected devices. During the “Place your Bets” or “Finish Betting” game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the “No more bets” game phase the game will be finished.

Terminal Trace - With this button the most important events occurred on the player terminal can be tracked (Cash In, Cash Out, and so on). “Time”, “Terminal”, “Game” and “Message” are indicated.

Version - Shows the dll files version currently used. The information indicated is “Name”, “Version”, “Time”, “Date” and “Size” of the modules.

Module Update - An update of all current modules (EXE and DLL files) will be performed.

Files Update - An update of all game specific files will be performed.

!

P a g e 2 0 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Casino \ NU SystemCasino \ Multi Game

Function:After installation of a new version of the Game Manager program on the Novo Unity Server, the command Update Manager has to be executed to update the program on all terminals and Game Servers.

V.1.4 Context Sensitive Menus

For certain menu items a right click opens a context sensitive menu where various commands can be selected. The below context sensitive menu options can be selected depending on the path indicated:

Casino

Function:View - To indicate casino-specific data in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window.

Properties - To open the Control Panel where casino-specific data can be entered or changed. These data will also be displayed in the program window of the Novo Unity Management Console and will be printed on all reports as a headline (please see illustrations below).

P a g e 2 0 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game

Function:Start Game - To restart the game after the Stop Game or Shutdown command has been chosen.

ATTENTION

The Stop Game command may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes!

Stop Game - To stop the game program on all connected devices. During the “Place your Bets” or “Finish Betting” game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the “No more bets” game phase the game will be finished.

ATTENTION

The Shutdown command may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI in hazardous situations!

Shutdown - This command immediately stops the game program on all terminals. During the “Place your Bets” or “Finish Betting” game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded. During the “No more Bets” game phase the current game will be interrupted and finished after restarting the game (Game Replay).

Messages - After selecting this command the Sending messages window will open (please see below). By means of this window individual text messages to the terminals and to the animation display of the respective game can be sent, which will be displayed in the message box on top of the terminal screens and the animation display.

!

!

Description:Height - To increase the font size.Width - To enlarge the font size.Italic - To set the font to italic.Running - To set the message as a running text.

P a g e 2 0 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ GroupsCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups

Function:To build a new group of terminals or servers.

<> Colour - To select the colour of the font.Global - To send the message to all connected terminals (irrespective of the game).Message - Text field to enter the message or to select a previous sent message from the drop

down window.

NOTE

The first stored message will be sent, if the Shutdown game button on the Game Server is selected. It can only be changed, but not deleted. To change the text of a message, select the message, change the text in the text field and save the message.

Delete - To remove a previous sent message from the selection window except for the first message.

Save - To save the message to the drop down list.Send - To send the message.

Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ AttachmentsCasino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Group #Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ AttachmentsCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Group #

Function:Delete Group - To delete a group of terminals/servers. This command can only be carried out if all

devices have been removed before. Else the following message will be displayed:

INFORMATION

Group 1 cannot be deleted at any time. The following message will be displayed:

Remove Terminals - To remove all terminals/servers from a group while preserving the menu item Group #. All financial, statistical and configurational data as well as all events of the device will be deleted after confirmation.

P a g e 2 0 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Attachments ICONCasino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Group # ICONCasino \ NU System \ NU Server \ ParametersCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments ICONCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Group # ICONCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters

Function:After selecting a certain parameter in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window (e. g. Terminal Default Language) the Control Panel can be opened by selecting the Properties command.

Please see also section V.1.5 Control Panel.

After selecting an Attachments or Group # ICON in the right part of the Novo Unity Server window the

following Control Panels can be opened by selecting the Properties command:Description:GroupId - ID address of the group.Name - Name of the group.Description - Indication of the group properties to be selected within the below Group Properties

field.

Group PropertiesInternal server group - Indicates that the group is composed of server devices.Default game group - Means that all parameters of the respective terminal group are in accordance with

the parameters of the DEFAULT Group 1.Group has a parameter - Presently not used.

OK - Closes the window.Cancel - Closes the window.Apply - Presently no function.

P a g e 2 0 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Attachments \ NU ServerCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments \ Game Server #Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments \ Animation Display #Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Attachments \ Results Display #Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups \ Group # \ Terminal #

Function:FREE TERMINAL - To remove the selected device from the group and to delete all financial, statistical

and configurational data as well as all events from the device.Properties - To open the CONTROL PANEL for machine, sounds and colour settings of the

selected device.Please see also section V.2.1 and V.3.1.1 Groups.

Start Game - To restart the game on the selected device after the Stop Game or Shutdown command has been chosen.

Stop Game - To stop the game program on the selected device. During the “Place your Bets” or “Finish Betting” game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the “No more bets” game phase the game will be finished.

Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics

Function:To delete all game results information since the last reset has been made.

Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Income, Bills, etc.

Function:To update or delete statistical data of the selected folder (e. g. Income, Bills, etc.).

Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Trace

Function:Reset all Events - To delete all events saved since the last reset has been made.

Show Events List - The information provided after selecting this command are only relevant for AGI service technicians and programmers.

Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Finances

Function:The information provided after selecting the Show Meters command are only relevant for AGI service technicians and programmers.

Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ ParametersCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters

Function:To update and save the new parameter-related settings.

P a g e 2 0 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ ProfilesCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Profiles

Function:Load Profile - This command is only relevant for AGI service technicians and programmers!Create Profile - By selecting this command the parameter settings on the Novo Unity Server can

be saved as a XML file (profile). The following query will be displayed:

Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Modules Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ FilesCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ ModulesCasino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Files

Function:To synchronise, update or delete either current modules (EXE and DLL files) or game specific files.After adding a new module or file choose the command Synchronise first. After completion of the process select the command Update. The Game Server and all connected devices will restart automatically.

Description:Yes - Select the Yes button to save all parameter settings and in addition the group

assignments of all devices connected to the Novo Unity Server.No - Select No to save only parameter settings.

Subsequently a window will appear offering the saving path of the new profile. Select the Save button to store the new profile.

Function:Delete Profile - This command has presently no function!

P a g e 2 0 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.1.5 Control Panel

To set specific game parameters highlight the respective parameter folder within the left part of the window (in path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings and Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters):

A list of all parameters contained in the respective parameter folder will be indicated within the right part of the window.

A double click on the respective parameter within the right part of the window opens the CONTROL PANEL where the values can be defined.

The CONTROL PANEL opens also after a right click on the respective parameter and selecting the properties option.

For example:

P a g e 2 0 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Value - To set the parameter.Arrows - Increase, decrease or select the parameter.MIN - Changes the value to the respective minimum.MAX - Changes the value to the respective maximum.

OK - Saves the new settings and closes the window.Cancel - Closes the window without saving the settings.Apply - Applies the new settings without closing the window.Advanced - After selecting the Advanced button the Advanced parameter configuration window

opens:

Description:Information - Not used.Unit - Not used.

P a g e 2 0 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Limits - Shows all possible settings for the respective parameter. All items provided

with a green check mark can be selected with the arrow buttons of the CONTROL PANEL. The following parameters are exceptions: • Bill Direction • Game Server sounds • Terminal sounds • Dealer Board Active Languages • Terminal Active Languages • Multiplier • Info screens

For detailed information please see section V.3.1.2.1.1 Bill Information, V.3.2.1.1 Languages Spoken, V.3.2.1.2 Languages Written, V.3.2.3.1 Game Setup and V.3.2.3.2 Game Info.

ControlParameter for attachment - To set the parameter for the group Attachments

(e. g. Animation Display, Game Serverplease see also section V.3.1.1).

Parameter for more groups - To attach/indicate the parameter to/for several groups.Terminal data reset required - Activate this check box to display the below message after the parameter

has been changed:

Yes - Saves the new setting and closes the window. After the parameter update all game results of the respective Game Server will be deleted on the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Results.

No - Closes the window without saving the settings.Server data reset required - Activate this check box to display the below message after the parameter

has been changed:

Yes - Saves the new setting and closes the window. After the parameter update all game results of the respective Game Server will be deleted. (On the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Results).

No - Closes the window without saving the settings.

P a g e 2 1 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

System restart required - Activate this check box to display the below message after the parameter has been changed:

Yes - Saves the new setting and closes the window. After the parameter update all devices connected to the Novo Unity Server will restart automatically.

No - Closes the window without saving the settings.

OK - Saves the new settings and closes the window.Cancel - Closes the window without saving the settings.

P a g e 2 11


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Additional Information:Depending on the access rights extended settings are possible within the control panel. For example:

Description:Change - To change the name of the parameter.Value - To set the parameter.Arrows - Increase, decrease or select the parameter.MIN - Changes the value to the respective minimum.MAX - Changes the value to the respective maximum.Group - To assign the parameter to the respective group.View - To assign the parameter to the respective menu item.Subview - To assign the parameter to the respective submenu.Language - Not used.

Access - Activate the respective check box to determine the access rights.OK - Saves the new settings and closes the window.Cancel - Closes the window without saving the settings.Apply - Applies the new settings without closing the window.

P a g e 2 1 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 1 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.2 Novo Unity Server

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server

Function:Within this menu item parameters concerning only the Novo Unity Server are set.

V.2.1 Groups

V.2.1.1 Attachments

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Groups \ Attachments

Function:A double click on the item NU SERVER within the right part of the window opens the CONTROL PANEL of the Novo Unity Server where the machine settings (e. g. ID, IP Address, MAC Address etc.) can be viewed (please see window indicated below). The tabs Sounds, Colour and Machine parameters have no function for the Novo Unity Server.

P a g e 2 1 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Machine

PropertiesMachine Id - Identification number of the Novo Unity Server.IP Address - Unique IP address of the Novo Unity Server within the local network.MAC Address - Unique address of the network interface card.IGT Address - IGT (online protocol) address of the Novo Unity Server.

ConfigurationType - Assignment to a specified use: SERVER.System - NU SystemGame - NU ServerGroup - AttachmentsLanguage - Not used.

StateRequired State - Required operating state of the Novo Unity Server.Current State - Current operating state of the Novo Unity Server.

OK - Saves the new settings and closes the window.Cancel - Closes the window without saving any changes.Apply - Applies the new settings without closing the window.

P a g e 2 1 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 1 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.


P a g e 2 1 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.2.2 Parameters

Function:Under this menu item Novo Unity Server relevant parameters can be viewed and changed.The following data are indicated:“Parameter”, “Group” to which the parameter applies, “Value” and “Unit” of the parameter.

NOTE

After a value has been changed, a parameter update has to be performed.

V.2.2.1 Settings

V.2.2.1.1 Keys & Doors

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors

Presently no function!

V.2.2.1.2 Jackpot(s)

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Jackpot(s)

Function:Settings of the Jackpot server parameters.

Description: The Jackpot feature is an add-on to the Novo Unity Server. It is currently not in use.

P a g e 2 1 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 1 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.2.2.1.3 Limits

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Limits

Parameters:

Black Box Sending Period - To set the time interval of accounting data updates sent from the Novo Unity Server to the Black Box. This feature is reserved for certain jurisdictions.

Black Box Summing Period - To set the time interval of accounting data updates sent from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server. This feature is reserved for certain jurisdictions.

Finance Log - To select the period of days after the finance data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31).

Please see also section V.2.2.1.5 Services - Limit Cleanup.

Game Log - To select the period of days after the game data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31).


Hardware Log - To select the period of days after the hardware data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31).


Last Events - To enter the number of events to be recorded (minimum 50, maximum 2000).

Last Results - To enter the number of results to be displayed in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics \ Results (minimum 50, maximum 1000).

Please see also section V.1.2 Icons - Previous Win Numbers.

Max Results Count - To enter the maximum number of winning numbers to be recorded (minimum 1000, maximum 1000000).

Security Log - To select the period of days after the security data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 2, maximum 31).


Ticket Expire Days - To determine the expiry for tickets. Tickets have to be redeemed (scanned) until the set expiry.

P a g e 2 2 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 2 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.2.2.1.4 Hardware

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Hardware

Parameter:COM1-4 <NU Server> - Assignment of serial ports of the Novo Unity Server PC to connected

peripherals: ACE SICBO = Electromechanical shaker for the game SICBO BLACK BOX = Special feature reserved for certain jurisdictions GAME NET = Online Protocol (not in use) GAME INFO = Online Protocol (not in use) MOUSE NONE NOVO WHEEL = Roulette wheel NOVO P485 = Server Interface Board UPS APC = Uninterruptible Power Supply

ATTENTION

Any reactivation of the following parameter USB Meter on NU Server requires a restart of the Novo Unity System and the execution of a RAM Clear at all terminals. All accounting data (Finances + Statistics) will be reset!

USB Meter on NU Server - Activate this parameter if USB meters will be connected to the Novo Unity Server. The USB meters are configured to gather accounting data of all terminals connected to the Novo Unity Server. This function is reserved for certain jurisdictions.

!

P a g e 2 2 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 2 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.2.2.1.5 Services

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Services

Parameters:

Connection Check Time - Sets a delay to enable a secure boot up of the network services of the terminals.

Daily Events - Activates or deactivates the preparation of daily reports.

Daily Reports - To select the period of days after the daily report data should be erased, if the function Limit Cleanup is activated (minimum 5 , maximum 365).

Data Transfer Interval - To set the time interval of finance and statistic data updates sent from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server (minimum 1000, maximum 300000).

Database Backup - If this function is activated, a backup file of the database will be created after each End of Day. This function should be activated by default.

Database Copy - If this function is activated, a one-to-one copy of the database will be created after each End of Day. This function should be activated by default.

End of Day - To enter the closing hour of the casino. At that time the Daily Report will be generated.

Files Scanning - If this parameter is activated changed game-relevant files are recognised and imported automatically during the startup of the Novo Unity Server.

Limit Cleanup - At startup of the Novo Unity Server application all trace records (Finance, Game, Hardware, Security Logs and Daily Reports) older than the specified limit values will be erased.

Please see also section V.2.2.1.3 Limits.

Network Interface - Unique IP address of the network interface card of the Novo Unity Server PC.

Network Mask - Subnet mask of the local network.

Rebuild Database Day - To set the time interval of database revisions to optimise the database structure of the Novo Unity Server. Note that for this function also the parameter Database Backup has to be activated.

Resend Count - To set the number of autorepeats for finance and statistic data updates, if the transmission from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server has failed (minimum 5, maximum 100).

P a g e 2 2 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Server Manager - This parameter has to be deactivated by default.

Server Tracer - If this function is activated, the window Server Process Trace shows information on the communication between the Novo Unity Server and all connected devices after selecting the icon Enable Server Tracer.

ATTENTION

The parameter System Time Server must not be set to NONE! Else the automatic time synchronisation will be deactivated.

System Time Server - To determine the master clock (source of time) of the Novo Unity system that sends periodically information on time and date to all connected devices (terminals, Game Server, etc.). Select NU Server to appoint the Novo Unity Server PC as master clock. NU Base can be selected, if the Online Protocol IGT or GSP will be in use. In this case the system time will be controlled by the Online Protocol.

!

P a g e 2 2 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 2 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 2 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.2.2.1.6 Unity Save Ticket

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Unity Safe Ticket


P a g e 2 2 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 2 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.2.3 Trace

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Trace


V.2.4 Modules

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Modules

Function:This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of server relevant libraries and executable files.

V.2.5 Files

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Files

Function:This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of server relevant SQL files.

V.2.6 Profiles

Path: Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Profiles

Function:Within this menu item predefined sets of parameters can be stored or loaded. The files can be useful for service activities by the Technical Support of AGI.

P a g e 2 3 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 3 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3 Multi Game

V.3.1 Installed Game

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game

Function:In this manual the menu item INSTALLED GAME represents all games that can be installed on the Novo Unity game platform. Therefore INSTALLED GAME is a virtual place holder for Novo Multi-Table Roulette™, Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™, etc.

V.3.1.1 Groups

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Groups

Function:Settings for Attachments (Animation Display, Results Display, Game Server) and Groups (terminals), assignment of individual terminals to groups and creating of new groups.

A double click on the device item opens the CONTROL PANEL where several values can be viewed or defined. The CONTROL PANEL opens also after a right click on the respective item. Select the option properties from the context sensitive menu in order to view or change the following settings indicated in the windows below:

P a g e 2 3 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 3 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Machine

PropertiesMachine Id - Identification number of the device.IP Address - Unique IP address of the device within the local network.MAC Address - Unique address of the network interface card.IGT Address - IGT (online protocol) address of the device.

ConfigurationType - Assignment of the device to a specific job, Server (for Game Servers),

Animation Display, Result Display, NETWORK GAME (for terminals).System - Multi GameGame - Definition of the current game, e. g. Novo Multi-Table Roulette™.Group - Work group environment, e. g. Attachments, Group 1, Group 2, etc.Language - Not used.

StateRequired State - Required operating state of the connected device.Current State - Current operating state of the connected device.

Sounds

Volume adjustment for all activated soundfiles:

Global - To adjust the general volume.Wave - To adjust the volume of the spoken language and sound effects.Midi - This setting is currently not implemented.

Colour

A double click on the respective terminal opens the window Colour where the colour of the chips displayed on the animation display can be selected.

Basic colours - To select the desired colour highlight the coloured square from the colour palette below.

The colour can also be determined by entering the values in the input fields “Hue”, “Sat” (saturation), “Lum” (luminosity), “Red”, “Green” and “Blue” or by clicking into the colour field and moving the black arrow up and down.

Add to Custom colours - Adds the selected colour to the custom colours within the window in order to prepare and save it for further settings.

OK - To assign the selected colour to the chips of the respective terminal.Cancel - Closes the window without changing any colour.

P a g e 2 3 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Machine parameters

After selecting the tab Machine parameters within the Control Panel of the terminals the parameter Table Restriction will be displayed. This setting provides the possibility to restrict the number of selectable tables displayed on the terminal screens. The parameter Table Restriction can be set for each terminal group in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings, but also for each terminal individually within its Control Panel.

Depending on whether or not the parameter Table Restriction is individually set for the terminal, a black, blue or red box is displayed next to the parameter name Table Restriction:

The black box means that the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group. A modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings) affects also the respective terminal.

The blue box means that the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group. However, a modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings) will NOT affect the respective terminal.

The red box means that the terminal setting differs from the setting for the group. A modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings) will NOT affect the respective terminal.

P a g e 2 3 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1) Highlight the parameter name Table Restriction.2) Click the Edit Parameter button to open the Control Panel of the parameter Table Restriction:

To set the parameter Table Restriction for a terminal individually follow the description below:1) Open the Control Panel of the respective terminal and select the tab Machine parameters:

3) Click the Advanced button to adjust the settings in the following window:

P a g e 2 3 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

6) Confirm with the Yes button to individually set the parameter for the respective terminal. Afterwards within the Control Panel of the terminals the box next to the parameter name will be red or blue coloured, depending on whether or not the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group:

All tables (Server 1-3) provided with a green check mark will be displayed on the Select Table Screen of the respective terminal. Server 1, 2 and 3 can be activated or deactivated by a double click. A green check mark means that the table is activated for the respective terminal and can be selected on its screen. A red cross means that the table is deactivated for the respective terminal and cannot be selected on its screen.

4) Activate or deactivate the desired tables by a double click and confirm with the OK button to close the window.

5) Close the Control Panel with the OK button. The following message will be displayed:

7) Click the OK button to save the settings.

P a g e 2 3 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Set Default - Highlight the parameter name Table Restriction and select the Set Default button if the setting for the respective terminal should be in accord with the setting for the group. Therefore, a modification of the parameter setting Table Restriction for the terminal group (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Server \ Settings) affects also the respective terminal.

OK - Saves the new settings and closes the window.Cancel - Closes the window without saving the settings.Apply - Applies the new settings without closing the window.

Additional Information:

No - If the No button is selected in the above indicated window (see step 6), the settings will not be saved for the respective terminal and the operation will be interrupted. Consequently the terminal setting is in accord with the setting for the group.

P a g e 2 3 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 3 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2 Parameters

Function:Under this menu item various parameters can be viewed and changed.The following data are indicated:“Parameter”, “Group” to which the parameter applies, “Value” and “Unit” of the parameter.

NOTE

After a value has been changed, a parameter update has to be performed.

V.3.1.2.1 Settings

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings

V.3.1.2.1.1 Bill Information

Parameters:

Bill 1-8 - To set the bill denominations for each channel that are accepted by the devices.

Bill Direction - To select the insertion direction of the bills click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all possible insertion directions (A, B, C, D). A green check mark means that the respective insertion direction is activated while a red cross indicates that the direction is deactivated. Each insertion direction can be activated or deactivated by a double click. The below illustrations show the selectable directions A, B, C and D:

Max Bill Rejects - Number of rejected bills before the bill acceptor will be disabled.

P a g e 2 4 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.1.2 Coin Information

Parameters:

Coin 1-8 - To set the coin denominations for each channel.

V.3.1.2.1.3 Cashless Information

Parameters:

INFORMATION

The cashless parameters are only functional, if the Online Protocol GRIPS Crystal, IGT or X-Series is installed.

Cashable Credits - Active or not active.

Cashless Active - Activates or deactivates the cashless function (global).

Cashless In - Active or not active.

Cashless Out - Active or not active.

Cashless Payout Limit - To set the maximum amount of cashless payout.

Noncashable Credits - Active or not active.

Promotional Credits - Active or not active.

V.3.1.2.1.4 Denomination

Parameters:

Credit Display Mode - Select Currency mode to show the currency symbol within the display areas BET, CREDIT and MULTIPLIER on the terminal screens. When Credit mode is selected the currency symbol disappears.

Currency Symbol - Enter the standard international 3-letter currency code (capitalised), e. g. GBP, EUR, etc. to show the respective currency symbol within the display areas BET, CREDIT and MULTIPLIER on the terminal screens. Note that also the parameter Credit Display Mode has to be set to Currency mode.

P a g e 2 4 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Decimal Separator - To determine the separator for decimal numbers. Select .[dot] or ,[comma] as a country-specific adjustment.

Denomination - Indicates the exchange ratio between the denomination of coins and bills and the credit value.

V.3.1.2.1.5 Pay In

Parameters:

All Time Pay In - Activate this parameter to allow the pay in of credits also during the “No more Bets” game phase.

Auto Credit - This function can only be used in the Demo Mode that can be activated in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Game \ Game Setup. If Auto Credit is active, the value of the Remote In Rate will be incremented automatically whenever the credit amount falls to zero.

Bill Change - Activates or deactivates the function to change inserted bills into coins dispensed from the hopper.

Hopper Refill - To decide whether hopper refills should be registered by the bookkeeping statistics of each terminal or not.

Remote Dialog - Activates or deactivates the function to select the amount of credits paid in by the attendant. A dialog box opens and the remote in values can be selected. If the Remote Dialog function is deactivated the value of the Remote In Rate is accumulated to the credit each time the Remote function is carried out.

Remote In - Activates or deactivates the function allowing credits to be paid in by the attendant.

Remote In Rate - To set the amount of credits paid in by the attendant each time the function is executed.

P a g e 2 4 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.1.6 Pay Out

Parameters:Cancel Credit - To allow manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS

button. If this parameter is not activated, also the CANCEL CREDITS button will be inactive, except for the case that one of the following error messages is displayed on the terminal screen: Hopper Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant Ticket Payout Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant Door Errors, e. g. Stacker Door open Hardware- and Connection Errors - e. g. Connection with Game Server lost RAM Clear required

Even Handpay Value - This value effects manual payouts by the attendant after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button. Before every manual payout the credit amount will divided by the selected Even Handpay Value:

a) If the credit amount can be divided evenly by this value then the full credit amount will be paid out.

b) If the credit amount cannot be divided evenly: The part of the credit amount which can be divided by the Even Handpay Value is paid out. The remaining credit (which cannot be divided by the Even Handpay Value) will stay on the machine. If the parameter Hopper Remainder is set “To Handpay” this credit can be paid out after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button a second time.

Hopper Remainder - The Hopper Remainder function takes care of the difference between the coin value and the denomination value. If the credit amount is less than the coin value and the CASH button is pressed there are two options:

a) To Credit: The residual amount will stay on the terminal and has to be used for game play.

b) To Handpay: The residual credit amount can be paid out after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button.

P a g e 2 4 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.1.7 Online Protocols

INFORMATION

The settings of the online protocol are made on site by the Technical Support of AGI.

Parameters:

Online Protocol - Options: Gsp2500 Grips Crystal SDS Bally X-Series Bacta IGT 502 None

Online Protocol COM Port - To set the serial port: None/COM1/COM2/COM3/COM4

P a g e 2 4 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.1.8 Credit Limits

Parameters:

Max Credit - To set the maximum credit limit (including inserted and won credits). Note that the amount defined for this parameter must be equal or greater than the amount set for the parameter Max Credit In. If this limit is exceeded, the error message “Credit Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant” will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button.

Max Credit In - To set the maximum credit amount that can be inserted.

Max Hopper - To set the maximum amount paid out via the hopper. If this limit is exceeded, the error message “Hopper Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant” will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button.

Max Win - To set the maximum win limit per game. If this limit is exceeded, the error message “Congratulations, Jackpot won - Wait for Attendant” will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button.

Maximum Bet for Game - To set the maximum bet per game.

Min Bet Limit Warning - If this function is activated and a player tries to place bets on a field with a minimum bet higher than the value of the chip a window will pop up informing the player about the minimum bet of the respective field. The player can decide whether or not s/he wishes to place the minimum bet by pressing the Yes or No button. The window closes automatically.

Minimum Bet for Game - To set the minimum bet per game.

Ticket Payout Limit - To set the maximum amount paid out by a ticket printout. If this limit is exceeded, the error message “Ticket Payout Limit Reached - Wait for Attendant” will be displayed on the terminal screen. Afterwards the system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button.

P a g e 2 4 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.1.9 Counters

Parameters:

Counter 1-8 - To assign accounting parameters to the individual counters (assigned only by Technical Support AGI!).

Divider - Activates or deactivates the divider function.

Divider Value - To set the divider used to calculate the value indicated by the mechanical counters. If the value is e. g. 10, the meter reading will increase by one at every tenth credit counted.

V.3.1.2.1.10 Trace & Log

Parameters:

Events Cleanup - To select the period of days after Trace and Log data should be erased from the terminals.

INFORMATION

If the free disk space of a terminal under-runs two MB, all Trace and Log data will be deleted automatically. Only data of the last five days will be obtained.

Log File Size - To set the maximum size (memory) of the Log File in bytes. The Log File shows information about game-related events that are saved on each terminal.

Trace File Size - To set the maximum size (memory) of the Trace File in bytes. The Trace file shows information about hardware-related events that are saved on each terminal.

P a g e 2 4 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.1.11 Keys & Doors

Parameters:

Auto Reset Door Error (except Logic Door) - If this function is activated, the door alarms and the “removed/inserted”

alarm of the stacker will disappear automatically when the error is cleared (except Logic Door alarm).

Cashbox Door - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Cashbox Door is opened.

Check Dealer Keys - Activates or deactivates the monitoring of the audit key.

Door in Door - This parameter has to be deactivated by default.

Front Door - This parameter has to be deactivated by default.

Front Large Door - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Front Large Door is opened.

Game Server Security Key <Password> - If Key Required is selected the security key has to be turned

to allow the attendance of the Dealer Board. Select No Key required to deactivate this function.

Logic Door - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Logic Door is opened.

Logic Door <DoorLog> - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Logic Door is opened (not in all jurisdictions).

Main Door - This parameter has to be deactivated by default.

Service Door - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Service Door (Ithaca printer) is opened.

Stacker Door - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Stacker Door is opened.

Top Large Door - If activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminal when the Top Large Door is opened.

P a g e 2 4 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.1.12 Ticket

Parameters:

INFORMATION

The following parameters are relevant, if the ticket handling will be performed via the Novo Unity Cashdesk System.

If the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500 is used, the ticket handling will be performed according to the respective online protocol. In this case the following parameter settings can be skipped. Only the parameters Ticket Redemption and Validation Type has to be considered (please see next page).

Barcode Encryption - Select the type of code to be used (e.g. Endx, RC4 or standard). The code can be decoded only at the cashdesk provided and programmed accordingly.

Casino City, State, Zip <Ithaca> - If an Ithaca printer is installed the city, country and zip code information

can be entered to be printed on the tickets.

Casino Location <Ithaca> - If an Ithaca printer is installed the casino address (street name and number) can be entered to be printed on the tickets.

Casino Name - To enter the casino name to be printed on the tickets.

Date Format <Ithaca> - If an Ithaca printer is installed the notation of the date to be printed on the ticket can be selected. DD/MM/YYYY (day/month/year) or MM/DD/YYYY (month/day/year) can be selected.

Paper EMPTY Limit - To set the number of tickets that can still be printed before the paper roll has to be changed (after the sensor has already detected that paper is low and has displayed a “Paper Low” message on the terminal).

Print Barcode Info - Activates or deactivates that the barcode information is printed using numbers in addition to lines.

Printer Cutter <W832> - To set whether tickets should be cut after print-out or not. Full Cut, Partial Cut or No Cut can be selected. This setting is only relevant for Seiko/IF-COM printers.

Ticket Cash Value as Text <Ithaca> - Activates or deactivates the option of printing the cash value as text

in addition to the numerical value. This setting is only relevant for Ithaca printers.

Ticket Logo <W832> - Indicates the BMP file of the Ticket Logo to be printed on the ticket. This setting is made by AGI. Logos are only printed by Seiko/IF-COM printers.

P a g e 2 4 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

INFORMATION

The following two parameters are used to enable the TITO (ticket in/ticket out) feature. In this case the ticket handling will be performed according to the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500.

The ticket handling can also be performed via the Novo Unity Cashdesk System. Therefore deactivate the Ticket Redemption parameter and set the Validation Type parameter to None.

Ticket Redemption - This parameter is only applicable, if either the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500 is used. Activate this parameter if one of these protocols is used to enable the ticket in feature. In all other cases deactivate this function.

Validation Type - This parameter is only applicable, if an Ithaca printer is installed and either the online protocol IGT 502 or GSP 2500 is used. Select Standard, Secure Enhanced or System if the online protocol IGT 502 is used. Set the Validation Type parameter to System if the online protocol GSP 2500 is used. This parameter is implemented to enable the ticket out feature and to define the validation method for tickets according to the respective online protocol.

INFORMATION

The following parameters are used to enable a special feature applicable for ticket inspections:• Credit Inserted• Number of Games Played• Suspicious Transaction Indicator• Ticket Value• Wager• Wager in Relation to Inserted Credit in %

These parameters are only used in certain jurisdictions. For detailed information please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

P a g e 2 4 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 5 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 5 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.2 Hardware

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Hardware

V.3.1.2.2.1 Devices

Parameters:

Ithaca Printer COM Port <Ithaca> - To assign a serial port of the terminal PC (COM1-4) to the connected

Ithaca printer. Select None, if no Ithaca printer is connected.

PC Card Tracer - Activates or deactivates an additional program for functional tests of the PC Card.

Printer - To determine the connected Printer. Ithaca, W832 (= Seiko/IF-COM) or No Printer can be selected.

Ram Clear Mode - To set whether the Ram Clear requires that the logic door is opened or not.

Tower Lights Type - To define the installed Top Light. 2-colour, 3-colour, Ontario or No Tower Lights can be selected.

USB Touchscreen Reset - If this parameter is activated, an automatic software reset of the touchscreen controller will be performed after opening the Top Large Door or the Front Large Door. The software reset has the effect that the touchscreen controller will get adjusted to the environmental conditions again.

The following hardware devices of the various terminal groups can be activated or deactivated:

Bill AcceptorCoin ComparatorHopperMechanical CountersPC Card

The parameters contained in the folders Languages, Server and Game affect game-related settings and are therefore described in section V.3.2.

P a g e 2 5 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 5 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.2.4 Jackpot

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Jackpot

The Jackpot feature is an add-on to the Novo Unity Server. It is currently not in use.

P a g e 2 5 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 5 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.3 Finances

Function:With this menu item, pay-in and pay-out options can be viewed.In addition, the number of times each door has been opened and the number of times the system has been accessed with the respective key can be viewed.

Where applicable, “Meter”, “Count”, “Credit” and “Value [currency]” are indicated.

V.3.1.3.1 Summary

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Finances \ Summary

V.3.1.3.1.1 Credit

Total In - Sum of credits inserted.Total Out - Sum of credits paid out.

V.3.1.3.1.2 Hopper

Cash Box In - Number of coins routed from the coin acceptor into the cashbox.Hopper In - Number of coins routed from the coin acceptor into the hopper.Hopper Refill - Number of coins refilled into the hopper.Hopper Dump - Number of coins paid out from the hopper, when the Remove Coins

button has been selected.Hopper Out - Number of coins paid out to the player.

V.3.1.3.1.3 Bills

Bills InNote 1 - 8 In - Number of bills that have passed each channel.

P a g e 2 5 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.3.1.4 Win&Bet

GamesGames Since Door Close - Total number of games played since the most recent door error reset.Games Since Power Up - Total number of all games played since commencement of play (power

up).Total Games - Number of games played.Won Games - Total number of all games won.

WinsCoin Out (Win) - Total amount of wins in all games, except for manual payouts by the

attendant (handpays).Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the HANDPAY button.

Jackpot Win - Not used.Tip money - Total amount of tip money in all games.Total Win - Total amount of wins in all games.

BetsCoin In (Bet) - Total amount of bets in all games.

V.3.1.3.1.5 Cashless

Cashless InCashable cashless in - Insertion of cashable credits from a card.Noncashable cashless in - Insertion of noncashable credits from a card.Promotional cashless in - Insertion of complimentary credits from a card.

Cashless OutCashable cashless out - Payout of cashable credits to a card.Cashable cashless win out - Payout of cashable wins to a card.Noncashable cashless out - Payout of noncashable credits to a card.Promotional cashless out - Not used.

V.3.1.3.1.6 Tickets

Ticket In - Total number of inserted tickets (since the last reset).Ticket out - Total number of payouts via redeemable tickets

(since last reset!).

P a g e 2 5 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.3.1.7 Attendant

DealerCancelled Credits - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the

CANCEL CREDIT button.Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the CANCEL CREDITS button.

Handpays - Total amount of all wins paid out by the attendant using the HANDPAY button.


Remote out - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the HANDPAY and CANCEL CREDITS buttons.

Remote in - Total amount of all amounts paid in by the attendant after using the REMOTE button.

Please see also section IV.2 Remote.

V.3.1.3.1.8 Security

KeysIndicates the number of times each key has been used:

Audit KeyService KeySetup Key

DoorsIndicates the number of times each of the following doors has been opened:

Cashbox DoorFront Large DoorLogic DoorSecurity Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions)Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions)Service Door (Ithaca printer, optional)Stacker DoorTop Large Door

Power Reset Meter indicates the number of times the game program has been started.

P a g e 2 5 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 5 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.3.2 Terminal #

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Finances \ Terminal #

With this menu item, pay-in and pay-out options for each terminal can be viewed. In addition, the number of times each door has been opened and the number of times the terminal has been accessed with the respective key can be viewed.Where applicable, “Meter”, “Count”, “Credit” and “Value [currency]” are indicated.

Please see section V.3.1.3 Finances.

P a g e 2 6 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 6 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.4 Statistics

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Statistics

V.3.1.4.1 Income

Function:This menu item indicates the bookkeeping statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.

Displayed information:

Terminal - Indicates the terminal number.Total In [currency] - Total credits paid in for all games.Total Out [currency] - Total credits paid out for all games.Total In-Total Out [currency] - Difference between In and Out = net profit of the terminal.Total Out/Total In [%] - Ratio between In and Out in per cent.Total Bet [currency] - Total amount of bets in all games.Total Win [currency] - Total amount of wins in all games.Total Bet-Total Win [currency] - Difference between bets and wins for all games.Total Win/Total Bet [%] - Ratio between bets and wins for all games in per cent.Won Games - Total number of all games won.

V.3.1.4.2 Bills

Function:This menu item shows the bill statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.


Terminal - Indicates the terminal number.Bill [X currency] - Number of bills that have passed the respective bill channel.All [currency] - Total amount of bills inserted.

V.3.1.4.3 Coins

Function:This menu item shows the coin statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.


Terminal - Indicates the terminal number.Hopper In [currency] - Number of coins routed from the coin acceptor into the hopper.Hopper Out [currency] - Payout via the hopper.CashBox In [currency] - Number of coins routed from the coin acceptor into the cashbox.Hopper Refill [currency] - Number of coins refilled into the hopper.Hopper Dump [currency] - Number of coins emptied from the hopper.

P a g e 2 6 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.4.4 Remote

Function:This menu item shows the remote statistics per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.


Terminal - Indicates the terminal number.Remote In [currency] - Total amount of all amounts paid in by the attendant after using the

REMOTE button.Please see also section IV.2 Remote.

Handpays [currency] - Total amount of all wins paid out by the attendant using the HANDPAY button.


Cancelled Credits [currency] - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the CANCEL CREDIT button.

Please see also section IV.1 Audit Menu - Description of the CANCEL CREDITS button.

Remote Out [currency] - Total amount of all amounts paid out by the attendant after using the HANDPAY and CANCEL CREDITS buttons.

Tickets [currency] - Total amount of all printed, redeemable tickets.

V.3.1.4.5 Cashless

Function:This menu item shows statistical data of cashless transactions per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.


Terminal - Indicates the terminal number.Cashable In [currency] - Insertion of cashable credits from a card.Cashable Out [currency] - Payout of cashable credits to a card.Non Cashable In [currency] - Insertion of noncashable credits from a card.Non Cashable Out [currency] - Payout of noncashable credits to a card.Promotional In [currency] - Insertion of complimentary credits from a card (can be used for playing

but cannot be cashed).Promotional Out [currency] - Not used.

P a g e 2 6 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.4.6 Security

Function:This menu item shows the number of times the setup has been accessed with the audit key and the number of times each door has been opened, per terminal and as a summary of all connected terminals.


Audit KeyStacker DoorFront Large DoorLogic DoorCashbox DoorTop Large DoorService Door (Ithaca printer, optional)Security Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions)Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions)

V.3.1.4.7 Results

Function:This menu item provides game-related information for each connected Game Server. How many game results will be displayed can be set in path Casino \ NU System \ NU Server \ Parameters \ Settings \ Limits \ Last Results (minimum 50, maximum 1000).


Date - Date at which the recorded game has taken place.Time - Time at which the recorded game has taken place.Game - Number of the recorded game.Win - Winning number of the recorded game.Spin - Spin direction of the Roulette Wheel (left/right).Error - Presently no entries.

V.3.1.4.8 Terminals

Presently no function.

P a g e 2 6 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 6 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.5 Trace

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Trace

Function:This menu item provides information on data that are contained in the trace file on the player terminals, Game Servers, Animation and Results Displays. With this information the most important events occurred on the player terminals and Game Servers can be tracked.These data are relevant only to service technicians and programmers of AGI.

“Date”, “Time”, “Terminal”, “Game Nbr”, “Event” and “Info” (general information) are indicated.

V.3.1.5.1 Finance

Records about bookkeeping information, e. g. Remote In.

V.3.1.5.2 Hardware

Records about changes of the hardware, e. g. Stacker inserted/removed.

V.3.1.5.3 Games

Records about the network communication, e. g. Configuration parameter changed.

V.3.1.5.4 Security

Records on door openings and closings and access to the system menu using the respective key, e.g. Table opened by Server.

P a g e 2 6 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 6 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.1.6 Modules

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Modules

Function:This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of game-relevant libraries, data and executable files.

V.3.1.7 Files

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Files

Function:This menu item indicates saving path, version number, size, CRC (checksum), MD5 (checksum), modify time and date of game-relevant files (e. g. ID, TXT, XML files, etc.).

V.3.1.8 Profiles

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Profiles

Function:Within this menu item predefined sets of parameters can be stored and loaded.

The files are needed for service activities by the Technical Support of AGI.

P a g e 2 6 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03Parameters appearing in this window are described on the opposite page.

P a g e 2 6 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2 Novo Multi-Table Roulette™

V.3.2.1 Language

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Language

V.3.2.1.1 Spoken

Parameters:

Game Server 1 Sounds - To select the game sounds available on the Game Server click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable sounds. A green check mark means that the respective sound is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective sound is deactivated. Each sound can be activated or deactivated by a double click.

Terminal Sounds - To select the game sounds available on the terminals click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable sounds. A green check mark means that the respective sound is activated while a red cross indicates that the sound is deactivated. Each sound can be activated or deactivated by a double click.

P a g e 2 7 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 7 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.1.2 Written

Parameters:

INFORMATION

Depending on the Roulette System installed the following parameters Dealer Board Active Languages and Dealer Board Default Language have different functions:

Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™:

Dealer Board Active Languages - To select the languages available for the button and display area designations on the Dealer

Board screen click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable languages. A green check mark means that the respective language is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective language is deactivated. Each language can be activated or deactivated by a double click.

Dealer Board Default Language - To select the language of the buttons and display areas on the Dealer Board screen after the

startup of the system, e.g.: English -> buttons and display areas are in English, after system start and the British flag is displayed on the Dealer Board screen.

Novo Multi-Roulette™ and Novo Flying-Roulette™:

Dealer Board Active Languages - To select the language for the game sounds on the Game Servers click on the Advanced

button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable languages. A green check mark means that the respective language is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective language is deactivated. Each language can be activated or deactivated by a double click.

Dealer Board Default Language - To select the language for the game sounds on the Game Servers. Please select the same

language that has been chosen for the parameter Game Server Active Languages.

Terminal Active Languages - To select the languages available for the button and display area designations on the

terminal screens click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable languages. A green check mark means that the respective language is activated while a red cross indicates that the respective language is deactivated. Each language can be activated or deactivated by a double click.

Terminal Default Language - To select the language of the buttons and display areas on the terminal screens and if

available, on the Wheel Information Displays after the startup of the system, e.g.: English -> buttons and display areas are in English, after system start and the British flag is displayed on the main screen of the terminal.

P a g e 2 7 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 7 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.2 Server

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Server

V.3.2.2.1 Hardware

Parameters:

COM1-4 <Game Server> - Assignment of serial ports of the Game Server PC to connected peripherals: ACE SICBO = Electromechanical shaker for the game SICBO GAME NET = Online Protocol (not in use) GAME INFO = Online Protocol (not in use) MOUSE NONE NOVO WHEEL = Roulette wheel NOVO P485 = Server Interface Board UPS APC = Uninterruptible Power Supply

Game Server Doors - To activate or deactivate the display of door error messages on the terminal and Game Server screens in case of opening the Front or Back Server Door.

P a g e 2 7 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 7 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.2.2 Settings

Parameters:

Server 1 - Game Type Live - To activate the Touchbet Live-Roulette mode.

(Source of winning number generation: TCS sensors over RS485.) Plasma - To activate the Flying-Roulette mode. (The winning number is randomly

generated by the Novo Unity Server.) Automatic - To activate the Multi-Roulette mode. (Source of winning number

generation: laser sensors mounted on an electromechanical wheel.) Testing - Sequentially generated numbers (for testing purposes only). Random - Random winning numbers are generated by the Novo Unity Server

(random generator! - for testing purposes only).

Server 1 - IP - Enter the unique IP address of the Game Server within the local network.

Server 1 - Max Table Limit - Enter the maximum bet each player is allowed to place on the respective table. This amount will be indicated on the Wheel Information Display (WID). Note that this parameter only refers to the indication on the Wheel Information Display (WID)! The observance of this limit has to be monitored by the dealer.

Server 1 - Min Table Limit - Enter the minimum bet each player must place on the respective table. This amount will be indicated on the Wheel Information Display (WID). Note that this parameter only refers to the indication on the Wheel Information Display (WID)! The observance of this limit has to be monitored by the dealer.

Server 1 - Name - Enter the desired name of the table to be displayed on the select table screen.

Server 1 - Picture - Enter the file name of the image to be displayed as table symbol on the select table screen.

Server 1 - WID IP - Enter the unique IP address of the Wheel Information Display (WID) within the local network.

Terminal Restriction Table - To restrict the number of selectable tables displayed on the terminal screens click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable tables. A green check mark means that the respective table is activated while a red cross indicates that the table is deactivated. Each table can be activated or deactivated by a double click.

Please see also section V.3.1.1 Groups / Machine parameters.

P a g e 2 7 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

WID - Big Casino Logo - Enter the file name and extension of the logo that should be indicated on the Wheel Information Display to the right of the Roulette wheel e.g.: Logo.png. Please consider that your logo is a 4:3 image and is saved in path D: \ Novomatic \ Games \ Multi-Table-Roulette \ WID \ Media.

WID - Small Casino Logo - Enter the file name and extension of the logo that should be indicated on the Wheel Information Display above the Roulette wheel e.g.: Logo.png. Please consider that your logo is a 4:3 image and is saved in path D: \ Novomatic \ Games \ Multi-Table-Roulette \ WID \ Media.

WID - Tricker Text - Enter the ticker text to be displayed at the bottom of the Wheel Information Display (max. 255 characters).

P a g e 2 7 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 7 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 7 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.2.3 Live-Roulette

Parameters:

Dealer Panel Language <Hardware> - To select the desired language in which messages will be displayed on the

dealer panel.

Server 1 - Recognition Mode - To set whether the winning number recognition should be performed by Reader Heads (NOVO BOARD) or by the Camera Analysing Module (VIDEO RECOGNITION).

Spin Ball - To set whether the message “Spin Ball please” should be displayed on the dealer panel or not.

Spin Ball Audio Signal - Activates an acoustic signal in addition to the visual message.

Spin Ball Time Out - Sets the time in seconds during which the message “Spin Ball please” is displayed on the dealer panel.

P a g e 2 8 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 8 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette

Parameters:

Manual Ball Launch Button - This parameter can only be activated, if a Dealer Panel is installed and the parameter Wheel Game Mode (please see below) is set to Dynamic mode. In this case the ball launch can be performed manually by pressing the green button on the Dealer Panel.

Maximum Wheel Turn Time - To set how many seconds one revolution of the wheel should take as a maximum. Please note that this parameter is linked to the parameters Wheel Games Analysed For Warning and Wheel Turns too Fast Warning (please see below).

INFORMATION

Each wheel engine has its own behaviour and tolerance depending on the environmental temperature. The parameters Maximum and Minimum Wheel Turn Time are used to define a working range for the wheel turn engine. If the engine goes out of the set range, a warning will be registered in the log file of the Game Server.

Minimum Fan Run Time - To adjust the launch intensity (run time of the fan). A longer fan run time causes a longer ball run on the rim before the ball falls into a pocket.

Minimum Wheel Turn Time - To set how many seconds one revolution of the wheel should take as a minimum. Please note that this parameter is linked to the parameters Wheel Games Analysed For Warning and Wheel Turns too Slow Warning (please see below).

NMB Turn Timeout - This parameter will only be applicable if the parameter No More Bets Sensor is activated. It is used to set the maximum run time of the ball per revolution. If the ball takes more time to complete one revolution than the set NMB Turn Timeout, the “No More Bets” game phase will be automatically initiated.

No More Bets Sensor - Activate this parameter, to be able to use the NMB Turn Timeout parameter. Deactivate it if the No More Bets sensor is NOT installed. In this case the “No More Bets” game phase will be automatically initiated right before the ball launching.

PLC Wheel Door - If this parameter is activated the respective error message will be displayed on the terminals and on the Game Servers when the Wheel Door is opened.

Security First Pass - This parameter represents a security feature and should be activated, if the No More bets sensor is installed in order to avoid that bets are placed after a bad ball launch. In addition to this parameter the parameter Security First Pass Time has to be set (please see below).

P a g e 2 8 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Security First Pass Time - This parameter is used to set the time limit within which the launched ball should pass the No More Bets (NMB) sensor for the first time. If this time limit is exceeded because of a bad ball launch, the game is declared invalid and the bets will be refunded. Please note that this parameter is linked to the parameters Wheel Games Analysed For Warning and Security First Pass Warning (please see below).

Security First Pass Warning - This parameter is linked to the parameters Security First Pass Time and Wheel Games Analysed for Warning. It is used to define how often the Security First Pass Time must be exceeded during a set number of games (Wheel Games Analysed For Warning) for the warning “Security First Pass” to be displayed. For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Security First Pass Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning “Security First Pass” will appear after the Security First Pass Time has been exceeded 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning.

Wheel Game Mode Classic Mode - At the beginning of the “Finish Betting” game phase the wheel lift motor

rises and the ball drops into the ball collecting channel. Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched in the “Finish Betting” game phase. After detection of the ball in the “No More Bets” game phase the Roulette wheel stops automatically.

Casino Mode - At the beginning of the “Finish Betting” game phase the wheel lift motor rises and the ball drops into the ball collecting channel. Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched in the “Finish Betting” game phase. After detection of the ball in the “No More Bets” game phase the Roulette wheel keeps spinning in the same direction and does not stop until the next “Finish Betting” game phase is initiated. In this mode the wheel behaves like a live game wheel.

Dynamic Mode - At the beginning of the “Place Your Bets” game phase the wheel lift motor rises and the ball drops into the ball collecting channel. Subsequently the second ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide), the wheel lift motor goes down and the Roulette wheel starts to spin. The ball is launched at the beginning of the “Finish Betting” game phase. After the detection of the ball in the “No More Bets” game phase the Roulette wheel stops automatically. The dynamic mode is the fastest game mode.

P a g e 2 8 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

INFORMATION

The advantage of the warning parameters (Wheel Games Analysed for Warning, Wheel Turns too Fast Warning, Wheel Turns too Slow Warning and Security First Pass Warning) is that the Game Server will not stop each game after recognizing a deviation.

Wheel Games Analysed for Warning - This parameter is linked to the parameters Maximum and Minimum

Wheel Turn Time, Security First Pass Time, as well as to the parameters Wheel Turns too Fast Warning, Wheel Turns too Slow Warning and Security First Pass Warning. It is used to set the number of games to be considered for the calculation of the frequency of all warning parameters (Wheel Turns too Fast, Wheel Turns too Slow and Security First Pass Warning). For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Wheel Turns Too Fast Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning “Wheel Turns Too Fast” will appear after the Minimum Wheel Turn Time has not been reached 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning.

Wheel SPS Program Checksum - If a new PLC software is installed the checksum must be entered here for security reasons. Changes of the PLC software will only be made by the Technical Support of AGI.

ATTENTION

The minimum setting of the wheel turn timeout is not allowed to be under 120 seconds. If it is set under 120 seconds, this can cause errors during the game!

Wheel Turn Timeout - This parameter will react, when the Game Server has been shut down and the PLC is still powered. After the set Wheel Turn Timeout the wheel will be stopped if the Game Server has been shut down.

TROUBLESHOOTING

If the Game Server very often displays messages regarding warning levels, it has to be checked, whether the NMB sensor is adjusted correctly and the ball launching mechanism works correctly. How often the warnings have occurred can be viewed in the log file of the Game Server.

!

P a g e 2 8 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Wheel Turns Too Fast Warning - This parameter is linked to the parameters Minimum Wheel Turn Time and Wheel Games Analysed for Warning. It is used to define how often it is necessary that the Minimum Wheel Turn Time is not reached during a set number of games (Wheel Games Analysed For Warning) for the warning “Wheel turns too fast” to be displayed. For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Wheel Turns Too Fast Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning “Wheel turns too fast” will appear, after the Minimum Wheel Turn Time has not been reached 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning.

Wheel Turns Too Slow Warning - This parameter is linked to the parameters Maximum Wheel Turn Time and Wheel Games Analysed for Warning. It is used to define how often the Maximum Wheel Turn Time must be exceeded during a set number of games (Wheel Games Analysed For Warning) for the warning “Wheel turns too slow” to be displayed. For example: The parameter Wheel Games Analysed For Warning is set to 10. The parameter Wheel Turns Too Slow Warning is set to 3. Under these settings the warning “Wheel turns too slow” will appear after the Maximum Wheel Turn Time has been exceeded 3 times in 10 games. The Game Server will stop the game until the confirmation of the warning.

Win Number Repetition Count - To set the allowed number of winning number repetitions. If the same winning number is detected repeatedly in succession, the game is halted and the Game Server displays a warning (“The same winning number was detected too often”).

P a g e 2 8 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 8 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 8 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.2.5 Flying-Roulette

Parameters:

Server 1 - Plasma IP - Enter the unique IP address of the animation display within the local network.

Server 1 - Plasma Mode Inactive - Set this parameter to inactive, if no animation display is attached. Server - Set this parameter to Server, if the Game Server controls the game Novo

Flying-Roulette™. Display - Set this parameter to Display, if the Game Server controls the game Novo

Touchbet Live-Roulette™ or Novo Multi-Roulette™. Players on the terminals can follow the game (sequences, bets and wins of all players) on the animation display.

P a g e 2 8 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.2.6 Camera

NOTE

Before the following Bayer init, blue scale and red scale parameters will be set, it is recommended to run the camera test program installed on the Game Server PC.

Excursus: Description of the camera test program

1) Connect the camera and start the Game Server PC. 2) Press the “Windows“ key and the letter key “E” to open the Windows Explorer.

3) Select the executable file “CameraTestServer.exe” in path C: \ windows \ system32 \ cam \ bin. 4) Open the file by pressing enter. The following window will be displayed:

P a g e 2 8 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

5) Point the camera at a distant object (Roulette wheel). 6) Set the lens iris, focus and zoom ring to infinity and turn them to obtain the best possible image. 7) Select in the test program window the menu Settings and the following window will be opened:

8) Select the camera type indicated on the type plate of the camera. 9) Use the drop-down button to set the suitable Bayer init (Bayer RGB colour filter array, CFA). Test all

levels (0-3) and select the number providing the best camera image. 10) Width and Height are already set by default (384/400). These values determine the size of the section

of the camera image in the test window. Please do not change these values! 11) The values X Offset and Y Offset determine the alignment of the camera image and has only be set

for the camera type 6700. Set for the value X Offset 105 and for the value Y Offset 39 by default. If the camera TMC 6760 is in use, set these values to 0.

12) Move the controllers of the scaling factors red and blue to adjust the camera image to the lighting conditions of the casino. These parameters do not affect the Bayer init.

13) Skip the drop-down button next to Server. It has no function. 14) Select the Save button to fix the settings. 15) Select the Close button to complete the process.

P a g e 2 9 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 9 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Parameters:

Camera Test Mode <develop> - This parameter has to be deactivated by default and is only used for testing purposes by the Technical Support of AGI.

Camera View on Second Screen - This parameter is only applicable for terminals that have two monitors installed. Activate this parameter to view a live recording image of the Roulette wheel on the terminal upper screens.

Server 1 Camera - Activates or deactivates all camera features on the connected terminals, animation and Wheel Information Displays (screen-in-screen and second screen live recording image of the Roulette wheel on the terminal, live recording image of the Roulette wheel on the displays).

Server 1 Camera - NL x Offset - This parameter is only applicable, if the camera type 6700 is installed. In this case enter the value 105 by default. Otherwise set the Camera - NL x offset to 0.

Server 1 Camera - NL y Offset - This parameter is only applicable, if the camera type 6700 is installed. In this case enter the value 39 by default. Otherwise set the Camera - NL x offset to 0.

Server 1 Camera - Bayer Init - To assign the same number as has been selected in the camera test program.

Server 1 Camera - Bit Shift - To set the luminosity of the camera image. 0 = dark, 1 = medium, 2 = bright.

Server 1 Camera - Blue Scale - To assign the same value as has been selected in the camera test program (Scaling factor blue).

Server 1 Camera - Camera Type - To select the camera type indicated on the type plate of the camera. Camera types TMC6700 or TMC6760 may be selected.

Server 1 Camera - Red Scale - To assign the same value as has been selected in the camera test program (Scaling factor red).

Server 1 Camera - x Offset - To adapt the camera image to the frames provided on the terminal main screen and on the select table screen (screen-in-screen) in horizontal direction.

Server 1 Camera - y Offset - To adapt the camera image to the frames provided on the terminal main screen and on the select table screen (screen-in-screen) in vertical direction.

P a g e 2 9 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 9 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.2.7 Speeds

Parameters:

This menu item can be used to select the duration of individual game phases for each terminal group of Game Server 1, 2 and 3 in steps of 0.1 seconds:

Server 1 Phase 1 - Place BetsServer 1 Phase 2 - Finish BettingServer 1 Phase 3 - No More BetsServer 1 Phase 4 - Start RunningServer 1 Phase 5 - RunningServer 1 Phase 6 - Win NumberServer 1 Phase 7 - Win CelebrationServer 1 Phase 8 - Game Finished

P a g e 2 9 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 9 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.3 Game

Path: Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game

V.3.2.3.1 Game Setup

Parameters:

24 Fields - Activates or deactivates the “24 BET” betting option.

Animation Display Port - The determination of the Animation Display Port is made by the Technical Support of AGI on site.

Auto Previous Bet - When this function is activated the most recently selected bets are automatically placed again in every subsequent game.

Demo Mode - Used for presentation purposes. If this function is activated, “DEMO MODE” will be displayed on all screens. The parameter Auto Credit can only be activated in Demo Mode. To play in Demo Mode the following parameters (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Hardware \ Devices) must be deactivated: Bill Acceptor, Coin Comparator, Hopper and Printer.

First Five Fields - To enable the “First five fields” betting option (on 0/00 wheels) covering 00, 0, 1, 2 and 3.

Game to Shutdown - To set the number of games that can still be played before the game program will be shut down after the Shutdown game button has been selected on the Game Server.

Layout Name - To define the desired layout of the terminal screens. Enter Standard or Classic in the input field to display the traditionally coloured layout or Modern for blue coloured screens.

Layout Type - Activates or deactivates the additional betting screen Call Neighbour Bets.

Lucky Dip - To set the Lucky Dip betting option. When the Lucky Dip button displayed on the screen is selected, the player is offered 6 randomly selected numbers.

Multiplier - To select the multipliers available for the player on the terminal screens. Multipliers allowing players to alternate the amount of their bets subject to the maximum bet limits (e. g. 1, 5, 10 or 1, 10, 100). Click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel. A window will be opened displaying all selectable Multipliers. A green check mark means that the respective Multiplier is activated while a red cross indicates that the Multiplier is deactivated. Each Multiplier can be activated or deactivated by a double click. Please consider that presently only three multipliers can be displayed on the terminal screens.

P a g e 2 9 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Outside on Zero Win Action - To set the payout options for outside bets (Red/Black, Even/Odd or 1-18/19-36) when the ball lands on 0/00: Lost: The player will lose all of any outside bets. Half lost: The player will lose only half of any outside bets. Freeze: The outside bets are locked. The bets are returned (1:1) if it is won on the next spin. If 0/00 occurs on the second spin the outside bets are double locked. In this case two winning bets in a row must occur to release them. If anything else occurs, including more zeros, the outside bets are lost.

Power Failed Message - After each interruption of the power supply the message “POWER FAILED” is displayed on the terminal screen. It disappears after the “Place your Bets” game phase of the following game.

Stay on Table - If this function is activated the bets of a winning game will stay on the table.

Tip Money - Activates or deactivates the tip money (tronc) feature: If a straight-up bet wins, the casino staff will receive tip money in the amount of the original bet.

Tip Money Warning - To activate the “Tronc” feature message. If a straight-up bet wins, a window will pop up asking the player to decide whether or not s/he wishes to give tip money in the amount of the original bet by pressing the Yes or No button.

Total Bet Message - To activate a relevant message on the terminal after every game won to inform the player about the total bet and win.

ATTENTION

Before changing the parameter Wheel Type, the game must be stopped on the Novo Unity Server. This setting should only be carried out by the Technical Support of AGI!

Wheel Type - To determine the current wheel type. French Single Zero, French Double Zero and American Double Zero can be selected.

Win Number Decision - To select whether a password will be prompted when the winning number has to be entered manually by the supervisor after a ball detection error occurred. For further information:


!

P a g e 2 9 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 2 9 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 2 9 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.3.2 Game Info

Parameters:

Help Timeout - To set the display duration of help screens after the ? button is selected.

Hot-Cold Display Time - To determine how long the Hot / Cold Numbers will be displayed on the dealer panel.

Hot-Cold Even Chance - To set the number of games to be considered for the statistical computation of even chance bets displayed on the info screen of the terminals, the Dealer Board and the Wheel Information Display.

Hot-Cold Samples Count - To set the number of games to be considered for the statistical computation of the Hot / Cold Numbers displayed on the info screen of the terminals, the Dealer Board and the Wheel Information Display.

Hot-Cold Statistics - To select whether the indication of the Hot / Cold numbers on the info screen should be in percent or hits.

Info Screen Timeout - To set the display duration of info screens after the INFO button is selected.

Info Screens - To select the info screens available on the terminals after the INFO button has been pressed click on the Advanced button within the Control Panel window. All screens provided with a green check mark can be displayed. After a mouse click on a single item the green check mark will be replaced by a red cross indicating that the respective screen is deactivated.

Zero Credit Feature Timeout - To set the display duration of an animation clip on the terminal when no credits are inserted.

P a g e 3 0 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


P a g e 3 0 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

V.3.2.3.3 Game Limits

In this menu item minimum and maximum bets can be viewed and changed.

Parameters:

Maximum bet for 12 fieldsMaximum bet for 24 fieldsMaximum bet for 6 fieldsMaximum bet for corner fieldsMaximum bet for first five fieldsMaximum bet for outside fieldsMaximum bet for split fieldsMaximum bet for straight fieldsMaximum bet for street fieldsMinimum bet for 12 fieldsMinimum bet for 24 fieldsMinimum bet for 6 fieldsMinimum bet for corner fieldsMinimum bet for first five fieldsMinimum bet for outside fieldsMinimum bet for split fieldsMinimum bet for straight fieldsMinimum bet for street fields

P a g e 3 0 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part VI - Game Server

VI.1 Main Window

VI.2 Additional Game Server Window

VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

VI.4 Roulette Server Options

P a g e 3 0 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 0 5

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VI.1 Main Window

Game(s) - Displays the game name running on all terminals connected to the Game Server.

Game version - Displays the game version number.

Login-Identification - Indicates the state of the logged-in user (Administrator or Supervisor).

Game phases - The following game phases are shown: .) Game Start .) Drawing

.) Place Your Bets .) Winning Number

.) Finish Betting .) Win Awarded

.) No More Bets .) Game Over

.) Draw Start

Winning number(s) - Shows the generated winning number(s).

Game Type - Shows the current game type. For further information:Please see section V.3.2.2.2 Settings (Parameter Server 1 - Game Type).

Game number - Indicates the current game number.

Game

Game Type

Winning number(s)

Login-Identification

Game number

Start/Stop

Shutdown game/Start game

Login/Logout

Tickcounter

Battery

Game phases

Game version

P a g e 3 0 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Login/Logout - All users can authenticate themselves by entering their password (button Login/Logout) and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Game Server. The access can be withdrawn by using the Logout button (same function as command User/Login or User/Logout or left mouse click on the Login/Logout User icon).

ATTENTION

The Stop button may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes!

Stop/Start - After selecting the Stop button the game will be stopped. During the “Place your Bets” or “Finish Betting” game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the “No more bets” game phase the game will be finished. With a click on the Start button the game will be restarted.

Shutdown game/Start game - This button allows to initiate the shutdown procedure of the game program on all

terminals that are connected to the Game Server or Novo Unity Server (please see below).

Tickcounter - Indicates the duration of a whole game cycle.

Battery - Indicates the state of the battery within the Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS).

!

P a g e 3 0 7

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Login/Logout

After selecting the Login button users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Game Server.The following window will be displayed when logging in:

Login

Description:Username/Next - To select the user.Password - Enter the valid password.OK - Password check.Cancel - Closes this window without logging in.

Logout

After logging in the Login button will be replaced by the Logout button. Select this button to terminate access.

Additional information:All characters entered by a user in the password field are edited with an asterisk “*” in the edit window. After a password has been entered and OK has been selected, the respective menus are displayed.

P a g e 3 0 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Start/Stop

Function:With this button the game program on the terminals can be stopped or started.

Description:Start - Select the Start button to restart the game.

ATTENTION

The Stop button may only be used by the Technical Support of AGI for maintenance purposes!

Stop - After selecting the Stop button the game will be stopped. During the “Place your Bets” or “Finish Betting” game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the “No more Bets” game phase the current game will be finished.


!

P a g e 3 0 9

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Shutdown game / Start game

Function:After pressing the Shutdown game button the game will be stopped at all terminals connected to the Game Server after a predefined number of games. The Novo Unity Server will send a message to all affected terminals to inform the players about the pending end of the game.

Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.1.4 Context Sensitive Menus.

How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games the message “Table closed” will be displayed on the Dealer Board and terminal screens. Afterwards only the payout function will be available on the terminals. As a result the Shutdown game button will be replaced by the Start game button to be used to restart the game.


P a g e 3 1 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 11

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VI.2 Additional Game Server Window

Description:Close - After selecting the Close button the Game Server program will be closed.

During the “Place your Bets” or “Finish Betting” game phase the game is declared invalid and the bets are refunded, during the “No more Bets” game phase the current game will be finished. To restart the Game Server select the Start button in the Game Manager window.

Logs - Opens a window providing information on data contained in the log file at the Game Server (please see below). The information saved in this window allows to capture the most important events occurred on the Game Server, e.g. win numbers, logins, dealer changes, hardware-related events, errors, etc.

Status Display - Shows the current status of the Game Server. Starting..., Started, Closing... and Stopping... may be indicated.

Ups - Opens a window where internal operating parameters of the UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) can be set (please see below).

Connected - Signifies that the Game Server PC is correctly connected to the Novo Unity Server PC.

Configured - Signifies that the Game Server PC is correctly assigned to the respective group (Attachments).


P a g e 3 1 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03Pg Up - Goes to previous page.Ln Up - Goes back one line.Ln Dn - Goes to next line.Pg Dn - Goes to next page.Home - Shows first entry.End - Shows last entry.Options - Opens the window shown below in order to select events within a specific period

of time.Export - Option to save the log file as a text file (please see below additional information).Refresh - Performs an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of


Additional information:When Options is selected the below window will be displayed:

Logs

P a g e 3 1 3

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Activate the respective check boxes in the left part of the window to select the types of events to be displayed. If no check box is selected, all events of the selected period will be displayed.

TIME OPTIONSLast Month - Shows all events of the last month.Last Week - Shows all events of the last week.Last Day - Shows all events of the last day.Last Hour - Shows all events of the last hour.Advanced - Press this button to activate the edit fields “from” and “to” to enter a selected

period.CANCEL - Closes the window.Set - Displays events for the selected period of time and closes the window.

When the Export button in the Logs window is selected the following window will be opened:

Enter the file name in the edit field and accept the suggested folder to save the log file as a text file. The location can also be changed, but do not select the write protected disk C:\ !

Activate the check box next to „Read only“, if you would like to make sure that no changes can be made. Select the OK button to carry out the process.

INFORMATION

The Network button has no function!

P a g e 3 1 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

INFORMATION

The above indicated window shows the default settings.

Description:Ups Operating ParametersHigh Transfer Point

The High Transfer Point area is used to set the maximum line voltage for online transactions. If the utility voltage exceeds this value, the UPS will go on battery operation.

Low Transfer Point The Low Transfer Point area is used to set the minimum line voltage for online transactions.

Sensitivity The Sensitivity area is used to set the incoming line voltage deviation which the UPS should resist before going on battery, i.e. how sensitive the UPS should be to power oscillations. The possible settings are: High, Medium and Low.

Nominal UPS Output The Nominal UPS Output area indicates the output operating voltage that the UPS supplies to the connected equipment when the UPS operates on battery.

UPS Shutdown ParametersUPS Low Battery Signal Time

This area is used to set the time (in minutes of remaining battery operation time) at which the UPS should shut down on account of low battery voltage.

UPS Turn off Delay This area is used to set the number of seconds which the UPS will wait after shutting down an application program (by sending the respective message) before the UPS turns off its power outlets and thus no longer supplies power to the connected equipment.

Ups

P a g e 3 1 5

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

UPS Wakeup Delay (Time) To avoid branch circuit overload, the UPS will wait the specified time after the return of utility power before turn on.

UPS Wakeup Delay (Capacity) The UPS will charge its batteries to the specific percentage before return from a shutdown.

UPS Audible Warning To activate an acoustic indication for the following UPS warnings:

Power Fail Power Fail + 30 At Low Battery

To deactivate all acoustic indications Never Beep can be selected.

UPS Operating InfoModel Name

Displays the device type.Firmware Version

Displays the UPS firmware version.Firmware Revision

Displays the firmware revision number.Manufacturing Date

Displays the UPS manufacturing date.Serial Number

Displays the UPS serial number.Battery Level

Displays the present charge of the UPS's battery as a percentage of the battery's capacity.Internal Temperature

Displays the internal temperature of the UPS.Input Line Frequency

Displays the input line frequency.Input Line Voltage

Displays the input line voltage.Max Input Line Voltage

Displays the highest input line voltage that so far has been registeredMin Input Line Voltage

Displays the lowest input line voltage that so far has been registeredOutput Voltage

Displays the output voltageStatus

Displays the operating state of the UPS: online Power supply available on Battery Power supply failure

OK - Saves the new settings.Cancel - Closes the window.

P a g e 3 1 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Additional information:If there is no connection to the UPS, the following window opens:

P a g e 3 1 7

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

Description of the buttons and display areas on the Dealer Board:Flag - Press this button for button designations to be displayed in the

desired language.

Previous winning numbers - Shows the last 20 winning numbers.

Status Display - This display area shows the current game status (game phase) and information on the game play (e. g. WINNING NUMBER).

P a g e 3 1 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Table 1 - Above this button the current table name (to be determined on the Novo Unity Server in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Game Server \ Settings \ Server XY - Name) is displayed. After pressing the button the game will be stopped at all terminals connected to the Game Server after a predefined number of games. The Novo Unity Server will send a message to all affected terminals to inform the players about the pending end of the game.

Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.1.4 Context Sensitive Menus.

How many games still can be played is set on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Game \ Game Setup \ Game To Shutdown). After completion of the predefined number of games the message “Table closed” will be displayed on the Dealer Board and terminal screens. Afterwards only the payout function will be available on the terminals. The same button can be used to restart the game.

Hot/Cold numbers on n spins - Shows the frequency with which each individual number was the winning number in the last predefined number of games.

Even chance bets on n spins - Shows the frequency with which the various betting options resulted in a win in the last predefined number of games.

CHANGE DEALER - Select this button, if a dealer change is required.

DEALERNAME - Name and picture of the current dealer.

DISPUTE - Allows the dealer to intervene in the game play because of an invalid spin or for other reasons requiring an interruption of the current game.

For detailed information please see part VII Error Handling.


P a g e 3 1 9

G A M E S E R V E R

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VI.4 Roulette Server Options

Function:For the game Novo Multi-Roulette™ the Roulette Server Options window provides two active icons. The first icon opens the PLC Program Loader window to change the PLC Software.

Description:

ATTENTION

Changes of the PLC Software are only made by the Technical Support of AGI.

!

P a g e 3 2 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

G A M E S E R V E R

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Errors - Shows the error statuses of the server interface board.Binary Inputs - Activated inputs (e. g. assign door switch to bit 1).Sensor 1 and 2 - The indicated sensor data provide the option to compare the operability

of Sensor 1 and 2. The check boxes can be used to constrain the error cause of the Winning Number Error - Wait for Supervisor.



The second icon in the Roulette Server Options window is relevant for Novo Multi-Roulette™ and Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™. It opens the Novo P485 control window that can be used for testing purposes relating to the server interface board P485.

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part VII - Error Handling

VII.1 Lack of Line Voltage

VII.2 Error Handling Procedure

VII.3 Error Messages - Overview

VII.4 Error Clearing

P a g e 3 2 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

E R R O R H A N D L I N G

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 2 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

ATTENTION

Errors in the electronics can only be cleared by an AGI service technician. The fastest way of making the system operational again is to replace any defective parts. If no spare parts are at hand, please contact our Technical Support and send us the defective electronic component including a short description of the error.

INFORMATION

After each power-on the system performs a short autotest. After that, the device is ready for game-play.

If this does not happen, the device must be checked for possible error sources as follows:

VII.1 Lack of Line Voltage

Two T3A15 (slow-blowing) single-pole fuses function as the primary protection of the power supply. These fuses are located at the front of the main switch.(Please see illustr. VII.2)

The secondary protection T5A (slow-blowing) of the 12V voltage is located at the front of the main power supply. This voltage has been allocated a red light emitting diode, which glows only if the fuses are intact and if input voltage is present.(Please see illustr. VII.1)

This voltage indicator is designed to facilitate service work providing some preliminary information. For more precise information on any incorrect operating voltages, measurements must be taken using appropriate instruments.

X1 X2 X3

X4 X5 X6X7

X8X9

X10Fuse T5A

Service outlet

Illustr. VII.1 Fuses and light diode on mains supply unit

!

Mains power switch

Fuse T3A15

Illustr. VII.2 Main switch

P a g e 3 2 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 2 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VII.2 Error Handling Procedure

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Each time the system is powered up, all integrated devices (e. g. hopper, boards, etc.) are subject to an auto-test.

If this test is successful, the device will automatically go into game-play mode. Any malfunction or manipulation of the device that may occur will be reported by the error management software.

Should an error occur, the corresponding error message is displayed on the monitor(please see the exemplary illustration VII.4).

Audit Key

Illustr. VII.3 Position of audit key switch

Illustr. VII.4 Example for an error message

1) Use the following overview of possible error messages to localise the error cause.

2) Turn the Audit key switch (acoustic signal goes off). The Audit menu appears.

P a g e 3 2 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

3) Error Handling Procedure:

ERROR CLEARING

Open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Replace the defective part. For further information please see the following overview of possible error messages.

4) Release the key switch. The device should now be operational again, any existing credits remain, with the exception if a RAM-clear has been carried out.

If more errors occur, activate the audit key switch until all errors have been cleared.

If an error cannot be cleared in this way, follow the instructions of the error clearing table.

P a g e 3 2 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VII.3 Error Messages - Overview

Coin In System Errors

Coin Diverter ErrorCoin Optics FailureCoin In JamCoin Acceptor DisconnectedCoin Yo-YoCoin Pulse Not In Tolerance

Bill Acceptor Errors

Power Up With Bill In AcceptorPower Up With Bill In StackerBill Jammed In AcceptorBill Jammed In StackerBill Acceptor DisconnectedStacker OpenBill Acceptor CheatedBill Acceptor FailureStacker FullToo Many Rejects

Coin Out System Errors

Hopper DisconnectedHopper EmptyHopper TiltCoin Out Jam

Printer Errors

Paper LowPaper EmptyPrinter Disconnected (Ithaca only)

P a g e 3 2 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Doors

Top Large Door/Main DoorFront Large DoorLogic DoorLogic Door (DoorLog) (not in all jurisdictions)Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions)Security Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions)Door in DoorStacker DoorCashbox DoorService Door (Ithaca printer, optional)Server front door is openServer back door is open

System Error Messages

No Multi InterfaceMulti Interface RAM CRC ErrorNo Meter InterfaceMeter Error: CRC RAMMeter Error: CRC ROMPower Down during Hopper PayoutCredit Limit Reached ... Wait for AttendantHopper Limit Reached ... Wait for AttendantTicket Payout Limit Reached ... Wait for AttendantCongratulations, Jackpot won ... Wait for AttendantConnection with Database Server LostConnection with Game Server LostOnline System - No ConnectionMachine is Locked

Door Logger Board Errors (not in every jurisdiction)

DoorLog: ROM CRC ErrorDoorLog: RAM CRC ErrorDoorLog: ID CRC ErrorDoorLog: Battery LowDoorLog Disconnected

Game-related error messages are described at the end of part VII.

P a g e 3 2 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Turn the audit key and release the key again.If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device.

Check the coin diverter and the coin channels for jammed coins.

Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and the connecting plugs and cables of the magnet.Power up the device and close the door.

If the error cannot be cleared exchange the coin acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Coin Diverter Error


Check the coin acceptor and the light barrier of the coin channel for dirt or damage.

Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11), the connecting plugs and the cables of the light barrier and the coin acceptor.The three sensor diodes must be placed in the centre of the drillings, the optical track between the transmitter and the receiver must not be obstructed. Power up the device and close the door.


Coin Optics Failure

Coin In Jam

Coin Acceptor


The light barrier of the coin channel has been obstructed for too long, or a coin has become stuck. Remove any jammed coins.

Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and the connecting plugs and cables of the light barrier.Power up the device and close the door.


VII.4 Error Clearing

P a g e 3 3 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


Check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and on the server interface board (P485). Systematically check all connecting plugs and cables of the coin acceptor. Power up the device and close the door.


Coin Acceptor Disconnected


Check the coin acceptor for signs of manipulation. Also check that there is a reference coin when a reference coin acceptor is used.

Systematically check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and all connecting plugs and cables of the coin acceptor.Power up the device and close the door.


Coin Yo-Yo

Coin Pulse Not In Tolerance


Check the coin acceptor for signs of manipulation. Also check that there is a reference coin when a reference coin acceptor is used.

Systematically check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and all connecting plugs and cables of the coin acceptor.Power up the device and close the door.


P a g e 3 3 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Bill Jammed In Acceptor


Carefully try to remove the jammed bill.

Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11).Power up the device and close the door.

If the error cannot be cleared exchange the bill acceptor. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Power Up With Bill In Stacker

Error clearing:Turn the audit key and release the key again. The bill will be registered and routed into the stacker.


Power Up With Bill In Acceptor

Error clearing:Turn the audit key and release the key again. The bill will be rejected.


Bill Acceptor

P a g e 3 3 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Bill Jammed In Stacker


Carefully try to remove the jammed bill.



DANGER

The stacker may contain a considerable amount of bills. Any work involving the stacker should therefore be performed only at a secure place.

Stacker Open


Check that the stacker box is seated properly.



Bill Acceptor Disconnected


Check whether the connecting plugs and the cables of the bill acceptor are connected correctly.

Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11) and that the bill acceptor is installed correctly.Power up the device and close the door.


P a g e 3 3 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Check whether the connecting cables of the bill acceptor are connected correctly. Also check that the bill acceptor is installed correctly and that the stacker is inserted properly.



Stacker Full

Error clearing:Open the Stacker Door (Bill Door) and take out the stacker. Remove the bills and insert the stacker again. Close the door.Turn the audit key and release the key again.

DANGER

The stacker may contain a considerable amount of bills. Any work involving the stacker should therefore be performed only at a secure place.



Check whether the bill acceptor is dirty or damaged and whether the connecting plugs and cables are properly connected. If necessary, clean the bill acceptor.



Bill Acceptor Cheated

Bill Acceptor Failure

P a g e 3 3 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Too Many Rejects

Error clearing:This error occurs after ten bills have been rejected and will disable the bill acceptor. This type of error will be registered under machine events.The current game is not interrupted.

Turn the audit key and release the key again.The bill acceptor will return to normal operation again.


P a g e 3 3 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Check whether a hopper is present and both light diodes on the hopper are on.Also check the fill level of the hopper: The contact plates at the inside bottom of the hopper should be covered with coins. Refill the hopper if necessary.

If the light diode on the hopper is not on, check whether the hopper is properly seated.

Systematically check the connection all connecting plugs and cables of the hopper.Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11).

Power up the device and close the door.

If the error cannot be cleared exchange the hopper. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Hopper Disconnected

Hopper

Error clearing:Refill the hopper.Turn the audit key and release the key again.

Hopper Empty

Hopper Tilt


Check whether a hopper is present and both light diodes on the hopper are on.Also check the fill level of the hopper: The contact plates at the inside bottom of the hopper should be covered with coins. Refill the hopper if necessary.

If the light diode on the hopper is not on, check whether the hopper is properly seated.

Systematically check all connecting plugs and cables of the hopper.Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11).



P a g e 3 3 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Coin Out Jam


Check for any coin or dirt that may have got into the light barrier of the hopper and remove it.

Also check the plug connection on the multi-interface (for explanation of connectors see part IX Hardware, section 11).



P a g e 3 3 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Open the Service Door, load a new ticket stack and close the door. Turn the audit key and release the key again.

See also part IX Hardware, section IX.6.5 Loading Tickets.

If the error cannot be cleared exchange the printer. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Paper Low

Printer Errors

ATTENTION

Printing without paper in the printer can damage the thermo printing head!

Error clearing:Open the Service Door, load a new ticket stack and close the door. Turn the audit key and release the key again.

See also part IX Hardware, section IX.6.5 Loading Tickets.


Paper Empty

Printer Disconnected

Error clearing:Turn the audit key and release the key again. If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device.

Systematically check all connecting plugs of the printer (power supply and connection to the PC). Also check the assignment of the serial port on the Novo Unity Server.

Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.2.1 Devices, parameter Ithaca Printer COM Port <Ithaca>.



!

P a g e 3 3 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Close the Top Large Door/Main Door.If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again.

If the error is not cleared check that the door switch and its mounting plate are properly seated. Also check the connecting plugs and the cables of the door switch.

Top Large Door / Main Door

Error clearing:Close the Logic Door.Turn the audit key and release the key again.


Logic Door (DoorLog) (not in all jurisdictions)

Doors

Front Large Door

Error clearing:Close the Front Large Door.If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again.


Logic Door

Error clearing:Close the Logic Door.Turn the audit key and release the key again.


Error clearing:Mount the Security Cover.Turn the audit key and release the key again.


Security Cover (not in all jurisdictions)

P a g e 3 3 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Cashbox Door

Error clearing:Close the Cashbox Door.If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again.


Service Door (Ithaca Ticket Printer)

Error clearing:Close the Service Door.If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again.


Error clearing:Close the Door-In-Door system.If the parameter Auto Reset Door Error is activated (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Installed Game \ Parameters \ Settings \ Keys & Doors), the indication of the error message will disappear automatically. If the Auto Reset Error is deactivated, turn the audit key and release the key again.


Door in Door

Stacker Door

Error clearing:Close the Stacker Door (= bill door).Turn the audit key and release the key again.


Error clearing:Close the Security Bill Door.Turn the audit key and release the key again.


Security Bill Door (not in all jurisdictions)

P a g e 3 4 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Server back door is open

Error clearing:Close the Game Server Back Door. The indication of the error message disappears (Auto Reset).


Server front door is open

Error clearing:Close the Game Server Front Door. The indication of the error message disappears (Auto Reset).


P a g e 3 4 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

System Error Messages


Systematically check the plug connections between the PC card, the meter- and the multi-interface.Check the RS485 connecting cable. Power up the device and close the door.

If the error cannot be cleared please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

No Multi Interface


Check whether the labelling of the memory chip on the multi-interface (see below illustrations): If the label “FM24C04A-P” is attached to the chip make sure that PIN 7 is removed. If applicable remove PIN 7 by using a wire cutting plier.

ATTENTION

Please observe the installation direction when you are inserting the chip: Ensure that the notch on the memory chip and the notch on the socket both show in the same direction.


Multi Interface RAM CRC Error

!

Illustr. VII.5 Memory chip FRAM FM24C04A-P Illustr. VII.6 FRAM position on the multi-Interface P425

PIN 1

PIN 2

PIN 3

PIN 4

PIN 8

PIN 7

PIN 6

PIN 5

FRAM

P a g e 3 4 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


Systematically check the plug connections between the PC card, the meter- and the multi-interface.Check the RS485 connecting cable. Power up the device and close the door.


No Meter Interface

Error clearing:Turn the audit key and release the key again.If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Exchange the meters board.


Meter Error: CRC RAM

Error clearing:Turn the audit key and release the key again.If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device. Exchange the meters board.


Meter Error: CRC ROM

P a g e 3 4 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Turn the audit key.The system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button.After the payout release the key again.

Congratulations, Jackpot won ... Wait for Attendant

Credit Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant

Error clearing:Turn the audit key.The system requires a manual payout of the win after pressing the HANDPAY button.After the payout release the key again.

Connection with Database Server Lost

Error clearing:Systematically check the connections between the HUB and the Novo Unity Server PC.Check whether the Novo Unity Server is online and connect another network cable as a bridge.

If the error message is displayed on more terminals check the function of the router and the HUB and exchange the devices.


Error clearing:Turn the audit key.The system requires a manual payout after pressing the CANCEL CREDITS button.After the payout release the key again.

Power Down during Hopper Payout

Hopper Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant


Ticket Payout Limit Reached ... Wait for Attendant


P a g e 3 4 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Turn the audit key and release the key again.

If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device.

Open the Logic Door and check the connection between the PC and the online interface board. Close the Logic Door, power up the device and close the Top Large Door/Main Door.

Also check the function of the online system and make sure that the online system is activated.



If the error is not cleared, check whether the terminal has been deactivated via the online protocol.


Machine is Locked

Online System - No Connection

Connection with Game Server Lost

Error clearing:Systematically check the connections between the HUB and the Game Server PC.Check whether the Game Server is online and connect another network cable as a bridge.

If the error message is displayed on more terminals check the function of the router and the HUB and exchange the devices.


P a g e 3 4 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Door Logger Board Errors (not in all jurisdictions)


Check the plug connections on the Security Board (see part IX Hardware, section 13).

If the error cannot be cleared exchange the Security Board. When subsequently the terminal is still not ready for use please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

DoorLog: ROM CRC Error




DoorLog: RAM CRC Error




DoorLog: ID CRC Error


Exchange the battery of the Security Board and check the plug connections (see part IX Hardware, section 13).


DoorLog: Battery Low

P a g e 3 4 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03


If the error is not cleared, open the Top Large Door/Main Door and power down the device.

Open the Logic Door, release the screws of the bracket in front of the PC and carefully pull the PC a little bit to the front. Release the mounting angle of the board box and systematically check the connecting plugs between the PC card and the Door Logger Board. Check the voltage.

Screw on the board box with the mounting angle, pull the PC carefully back in the machine and fix it with the bracket again. Close the Logic Door, power up the device and close the Top Large Door/Main Door.


DoorLog Disconnected

P a g e 3 4 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Novo Multi-Roulette™ - Error Messages

Select Win Nr from 0 to 36 - Enter the winning number manually and confirm with OK.00 - Only active, if there is a Roulette wheel with 00 installed.BAD SPIN - No function.ERROR - If ERROR is selected the following window is displayed on the Game

Server:

Winning Number Error - Wait for Supervisor

This message appears if an error in the ball detection process has occurred or if the infrared sensors are operating but have not been adjusted correctly.

ATTENTION

An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment of the infrared sensors may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures.

If a ball detection error occurs the game is interrupted.

Error clearing:The below window will be displayed on the Game Server:

!

After confirming this message by pressing the Yes button, the message “GAME INVALID - BETS WILL BE REFUNDED” appears in the status display on the terminal. All bets on the terminals are refunded and a new game can be started.

P a g e 3 4 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 4 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Airwheel - Error Messages

NOTE

Error descriptions are displayed in English on the Game Server monitor.Confirm the error message with the OK button on the Game Server only after the correction of the error!

Basic error handling procedure:

Check the voltage (power supply).Check the plug connections from the PLC to the Roulette bowl (2 connectors).If the error could not be cleared, please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Illustr. VII.7 PLC-Power supply

Power supply control LED

Power supply - On/Off switch

Illustr. VII.8 Plug connection from PLC to Roulette bowl

P a g e 3 5 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

0300 wheel in lift position

01 wheel down position02 slide out03 slide in04 without function05 laser ball-in-pocket detection06 outer IR sensor07 inner IR sensor08 laser number ring detection09 without function10 doorswitch bowl11 without function

00 reversal (on = lifts wheel and changes direction of wheel spin to the left)

01 fan02 wheel drive03 without function04 wheel turn time change05 lift motor

06 slide motor07 without function

Input Function Output Function

Explanations relating to the Airwheel error messages

PLC Control unit of the Roulette bowl (Programmable Logic Control). Inscription: Omron Sysmac CPM1.

Power supply Located to the left of the PLC. Inscription: Siemens SITOP power 5.

Run/Com-LED On the PLC, to the right of the peripheral port.

PLC In-LEDs Above Run and Com. 12 yellow light diodes indicating the state of the inputs. Written on them are the numbers from 00 to 11.

PLC Out-LEDs Located under the Run and Com diodes. Eight yellow diodes indicating the state of the outputs. Written on them are the numbers from 00 to 07.

Rectangular laser sensor for ball detection Detects the ball when it is in a pocket positioned against the outer pocket wall. Seen from the centre of the bowl towards the laser sensors it is the left sensor with the slightly lower beam.

Cylindric laser sensor Detects the ball if it stops and comes to rest on the numbers ring.

Sensor foil Foil with black marks, glued to the bottom side of the wheel. The 37 marks (or 38 for wheels with a double zero) indicate the positions of the wheel, the mark that is slightly broader is the 0 position of the wheel.

IR sensors Infrared sensors detecting the marks on the sensor foil.

Slide This component moves the Roulette ball into launch position.

PLC assignment - inputs and outputs:

P a g e 3 5 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor - this is only possible if the output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1.

Illustr. VII.9 Lift motor

Voltage connection - lift motor

Limit switch

Error clearing:After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor - this is only possible if the output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1.

Also check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device.

Error 01: Lift engine middle part doesnʼt lift

Error 02: Lift engine middle part doesnʼt lower

Error clearing:After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor - this is only possible if output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1.

Error 03: Lift engine middle part is stuck

Error 04: “Inner part - down” switch does not workError clearing:After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the lift motor - this is only possible if the output LED 05 on the PLC glows - and relay R1.


Error 05: “Inner part - up” switch does not work



Error 06: Both inner part switches active

Error clearing:Check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device.

P a g e 3 5 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Check the limit switches (microswitches) of the lift device. Confirm the error message and perform a test run.

Limit switch - inner part down

Limit switch - inner part up

Illustr. VII.10 Limit switches for lift device

Error clearing:After performing the basic error handling procedure, check the voltage (power supply) of the linear actuator motor and relay R1.

Error 07: No inner part switch active

Error 08: Inner part on top in start phase


Error 11: Slide engine does not run

Error 12: Slide engine is stuck


Error 13: Slide switch “launch right” -> no reaction


Also check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

Error 14: Slide switch “launch left” -> no reaction


Also check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

P a g e 3 5 3


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

Limit switch - ball launch in anti-clockwise directionLimit switch - ball launch in clockwise direction

Illustr. VII.11 Limit switches for the linear actuator motor

Error 15: Both slide switches active

Error 16: No slide switch active

Error clearing:Check the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

P a g e 3 5 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. VII.13 Pivot arm of motor mounting Illustr. VII.12 Wheel drive motor

Illustr. VII.14 Wheel drive motor - detail

Illustr. VII.15 Worn drive rings

Error 21: Turntable engine doesnʼt run

Error clearing:Check relay R2, the power supply of the wheel drive motor, the plug connections and the pivot arm of the motor mounting. Check, whether the drive roll touches the turntable and, whether both drive rings are okay (elastic).

P a g e 3 5 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. VII.16 Infrared sensors (from top)

Illustr. VII.17 Alignment of infrared sensors

board P327

Illustr. VII.18 Foil on underneath side of wheel

A B

Error 22: Differences in right or left wheel run

Error clearing:Check the alignment of the infrared sensors (board P327 below the wheel).Please see the below illustration VII.16, arrows A and B.The two sensors must be aligned towards the wheel hub.Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel.

P a g e 3 5 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. VII.19 Voltage control board P500

Potentiometer for adjustment of wheel speed

Error 23: Wheel spins too fast

Error clearing:Adjust the blue potentiometer on the voltage control board P500 until the wheel speed is adjusted correctly.

A speed of 2.4 sec./revolution is reached when output LED 04 has stopped glowing for a minimum of 2 seconds (adjustment of lower speed).

This error is not displayed as an error message on the Game Server but in a big window saying “Wheel spins too fast” together with an OK button.

The adjustment after how many events a warning will be displayed can be made on the Novo Unity Server. Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

Error 24: Wheel spins too slow

Error clearing:Adjust the blue potentiometer on the voltage control board P500 until the wheel speed is adjusted correctly.

A speed of 2.4 sec./revolution is reached when output LED 04 has stopped glowing for a minimum of 2 seconds (adjustment of lower speed).

This error is not displayed as an error message on the Game Server but in a big window saying “Wheel spins too fast” together with an OK button.

The adjustment after how many events a warning will be displayed can be made on the Novo Unity Server.Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

P a g e 3 5 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel for damage or dirt.

If necessary, adjust the potentiometers on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328). Number sensor: upper potentiometer, 0 sensor: lower potentiometer.

upper potentiometer for number sensor

lower potentiometer for 0 sensor

Illustr. VII.20 Evaluation electronics board P328

Error 25: Wrong wheel or error slide

Error 26: Field-marking defect (new test run might solve the problem)

Error clearing:Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel for damage or dirt.

If necessary, adjust the potentiometers on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328). Number sensor: upper potentiometer, 0 sensor: lower potentiometer.

To check if the error has been cleared, shut down the system and disconnect it from all power. After a restart the Roulette bowl will perform a test run.

Error 31: Numbers field recognition sensor -> no reaction

Error clearing:Check the plug connections and the alignment of the infrared sensors (board P327 underneath the wheel). Both sensors must be in a line towards the centre point of the wheel. Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel.

If necessary, adjust the upper potentiometer (number sensor) on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328).

Error 32: “0” recognition sensor -> no reaction

Error clearing:Check the plug connections and the alignment of the infrared sensors (board P327 underneath the wheel). Both sensors must be in a line towards the centre point of the wheel. Check the foil on the underneath side of the wheel.

If necessary, adjust the lower potentiometer (0 sensor) on the evaluation electronics of the infrared sensors (board P328).

P a g e 3 5 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Clean the wheel and the bowl. If necessary, adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Illustr. VII.21 Rectangular sensor

Illustr. VII.22 Cylindric sensor

screw for height adjustment

nut for height adjustment

Error 33: Sensor - ball in pocket recognition -> reacted at the start

Error 34: Sensor - ball in rim recognition -> reacted at the start

Error clearing:Clean the wheel and the bowl. If necessary, adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 35: Sensor - ball recognition for pocket -> no reaction

Error clearing:Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 36: Sensor - ball in rim recognition -> no reaction

Error clearing:Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 37: Security First Pass

Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors. Adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim and make sure that the ball launching mechanism does work correctly. Check also the limit switches (microswitches) at the ball launch unit.

The adjustment after how many events a warning will be displayed can be made on the Novo Unity Server.Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

P a g e 3 5 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Clean the Roulette wheel and the Roulette bowl. Check and clean the ball transport tracks.

Illustr. VII.23 Ball transport tracks Illustr. VII.24 Ball transport tracks - detail

Error 41: Winnumberdetection - no ball in wheel or wrong ball sensor adjustment

Error clearing:No ball in the Roulette bowl: Check and clean the ball transport tracks.Ball in Roulette bowl: Clean the ball.Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors.Adjust the rectangular sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 42: Winnumberdetection - 2 balls in wheel or wrong ball sensor adjustment

P a g e 3 6 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Error clearing:Clean the Roulette wheel and the bowl. Check the wheel speed (too high!) and check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors.Adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error 43: Winnumberdetection - ball keeps running on wheels edge or wrong edge sensor adjustment

Error clearing:Check the plug connections between the Game Server and the PLC.

Error clearing:Confirm the error on the Game Server with an error reset.If the error occurs repeatedly please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Error clearing:Check the plug connections and the power supply of the sensors.Adjust the cylindric sensor on the Roulette bowl rim.

Error clearing:Ensure that the Wheel Turn Timeout parameter is set to 120 seconds or higher.

Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

Error clearing:Check the plug connections and the power supplies. In addition, check the position of the switch on the power supply unit.

Error 44: Game number error

Error 51: Timeout - Intitialization normal operation

Error 52: Timeout - “No more bets” transmission

Error 53: Timeout - maximum wheel run

Error 61: No power supply from additional power pack to peripheral devices

P a g e 3 6 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ - Error Messages

Select Win Nr from 0 to 36 - Enter the winning number manually and confirm with OK.00 - Only active, if there is a Roulette wheel with 00 installed.BAD SPIN - No function.ERROR - If ERROR is selected the following window is displayed on the Game

Server:

Winning Number Error - Wait for Supervisor

This message appears if an error in the ball detection process has occurred or if the reader heads are operating but have not been adjusted correctly.

ATTENTION

An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment of the reader heads may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures.

If a ball detection error occurs the green flashing Dealer Change button goes off and the red Dispute button goes on - the game is interrupted.

Error handling:Press the red Dispute button and login - the below window will be displayed on the Game Server:

NOTE

If the parameter Game Server Security Key <Password> is activated on the Novo Unity Server (in path Casino \ Multi Game \ Novo Multi-Table Roulette \ Parameters \ Keys & Doors) the security key has to be turned to allow the login.

!

P a g e 3 6 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

Sensor Error - Interface Disconnected

If this message is displayed on the terminal screen and there is no visible error, the connections indicated below should be checked.(Please see illustr. VII.25.)If the error can still not be cleared, please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Error handling:1) Check the plug connection between the sensor cable and the reader head.

2) Check the plug connection between the server interface board and the sensor cable.

3) Check the network connection between the server interface board and the RS232 to RS485 adapter.

4) Check the network connection between the server interface board and the Game Server PC (COM).

5) Check the power supply of the RS232 to RS485 adapter and the Game Server PC.

6) Check the power supply of the P485 server interface board.

Illustr. VII.25 Connections of the Reader Heads

Game ServerCOMPOWER

P485 Server Interface Board

RS232 to RS485Adapter

ReaderHead

ReaderHead

1)

POWER1)

2)

2)

6)

3) 4)

5)

After confirming this message by pressing the Yes button, the message “GAME INVALID - BETS WILL BE REFUNDED“ appears in the status display on the terminal. All bets on the terminals are refunded and a new game can be started.

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part VIII - Maintenance

VIII.1 Bill Acceptor

VIII.2 Coin Acceptor

VIII.3 Monitor / Touchscreen

VIII.4 PC Terminal

VIII.5 PC Server

VIII.6 Fans

VIII.7 Switches / Lamps

VIII.8 Ticket Printer

VIII.9 Locks / Mechanical Components

VIII.10 Animation Display

VIII.11 Arm Rests

VIII.12 Roulette Bowl for Novo Multi-Roulette™

VIII.13 Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

P a g e 3 6 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

M A I N T E N A N C E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

DANGER

Prior to any maintenance work, power must be removed from the device by disconnecting the device from the mains supply and by switching off the UPS!Do not clean the machine with a water jet!

The below service instructions should be carried out only by qualified and trained personnel. In order to avoid any injuries of people and damage to machines only such work as is described in this manual may be performed.If these instructions are followed closely and adequate maintenance and treatment is applied as required by the usage of the devices, the system complies with the usual security standards.To avoid excessive errors perform the cleaning procedures with the recommended frequency.

P a g e 3 6 5


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VIII.1 Bill AcceptorCleaning of the bill acceptor:

reader sensors

magnetic sensor

reader sensors

Illustr. VIII.1 Cleaning of the bill acceptor

NOTE

Cleaning tissues for the WBA bill acceptor are available from AGI! Item no.: 86900100

Description:If reader sensors or magnetic sensors are dirty this may result in error messages as when bills are jammed, or the identification precision may decrease, which may result in bills being rejected more frequently.To clean the reader head/magnetic sensor use a soft cloth or a cotton bud.If necessary, a standard head cleaner for cassette recorders or compressed air (from a can) can be used.

To facilitate cleaning, take the bill acceptor unit out from its mounting.

ATTENTION

Do not use organic dissolvents such as diluents.Do not use scouring agents!

Recommended maintenance interval: monthly

TROUBLESHOOTING

If bill acceptance does not improve after cleaning the sensors may require re-adjusting.

!

P a g e 3 6 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

VIII.5 PC Server

Disconnect all cables (VGA, line cord,...), take out the PC from the server cabinet, open the top cover and remove dust from the interior of the cabinet using compressed air (from a can). In addition, the fans of the PC should be tested for functionality. (Back side of the switching power supply and CPU.)

Recommended maintenance interval: yearly

To clean the coin acceptor use a soft cloth or a short-bristled brush (a cotton bud and isopropyl alcohol can also be used). In addition contact cleaning spray or compressed air (from a can) can be used.

MC40: Take the coin acceptor out from its mounting, remove the reference coin and clean following the instructions above.

NRI: Take the coin acceptor out from its mounting, fold the top part away and clean both sides of the interior surface.

When cleaning the NRI coin acceptor the reject pin should be tested several times to ensure that the spring and the retaining clip are intact.

Recommended maintenance interval: 3-monthly

VIII.2 Coin Acceptor (MC40 or NRI on the terminal)

VIII.3 Monitor / Touchscreen

VIII.4 PC Terminal

The touchscreen should be cleaned at least once a week using a soft cloth and window cleaner.In addition, the touchscreen requires regular calibration, which will depend on how much it is used but should at least be done once a week. When calibrating the touchscreen make sure that you are looking at the screen straight from above and are not touching the metal cabinet of the terminal with your body.If the image is impaired by colour stains use the demagnetisation function on the panel of the monitor.

Recommended maintenance interval: weekly

Disconnect all cables (VGA, touchscreen,...), take out the PC from the terminal, open the top cover and remove dust from the interior of the cabinet using compressed air (from a can). In addition, the fans of the PC should be tested for functionality. (Back side of the switching power supply and CPU.)

Recommended maintenance interval: semi-yearly

P a g e 3 6 7


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VIII.6 Fans

All fans of the system should be tested for functionality.Remove dust from fans and check contacts. (Also check and clean internal ventilators, e. g. HUB, UPS, etc.!)The fans should also be checked whenever the noise level of a fan is higher than normal.If a fan needs to be replaced make sure that the same direction of the airflow is maintained.

INFORMATION

Multi-Roulette systems have 4 extra fans incorporated in the top structure and further 8 fans in the Roulette wheel cover.

Recommended maintenance interval: semi-yearly

ATTENTION

If a fan has to be exchanged ensure that type and technical features are the same.

VIII.7 Switches / Lamps

Check if all lighting appliances (lamps, etc.) are functioning.Also check key switches and door switches. These may be impaired with frequent use.If a key switch has to be exchanged ensure that after the contacts have been soldered on, the insulation is applied again.


!

P a g e 3 6 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

VIII.8 Ticket Printer

Periodic cleaning operations will ensure continued high print quality from the printer.

Paper dust removal:Use a soft brush to clean the paper dust from inside the printer and chassis area. The paper dustshould also be removed from the sensor optics.

Cleaning thermal print head:If streaking on the printed ticket is evident, the thermal print head may need to be cleaned.This can be done by inserting a thermal printer cleaning card.

1) Open the Service Door.2) Open the ticket cover and remove all tickets from the ticket feed path.3) Close the ticket cover.4) Insert the cleaning card into the feed path. The cleaning card will automatically

be drawn into the feed path.5) Open the ticket cover and then remove the cleaning card by gently pulling it back.6) Repeat the process if necessary.7) Proceed with ticket loading procedure.

See part IX Hardware, section IX.6 Ticket Printer.


ATTENTION

Printing with no paper in the printer can damage the thermo printing head!

!

P a g e 3 6 9


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VIII.11 Arm Rests (Terminal FV680)

Arm rests should best be cleaned with a soft brush and lukewarm soapy water. Do not use strong solvents or stain-removers!

Recommended maintenance interval: whenever required

VIII.9 Locks / Mechanical Components

Check all door locks of the system for functionality. Cap nuts may have loosened with long use. Tighten!


VIII.10 Animation Display

The plasma screen should be cleaned whenever required with a soft cloth and window cleaner.To clean the Animation Display PC please follow the same instructions as for the server PC.

Recommended maintenance interval: yearly

P a g e 3 7 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

VIII.12 Roulette Bowl for Novo Multi-Roulette™

The Roulette wheel should be cleaned regularly with a damp cloth.

To clean the Roulette balls operate the wheel to throw out the balls. Clean each ball as it is ejected and put it back in the wheel. Repeat it for each ball.

To clean the ball collecting chute, the Roulette wheel proper must be removed. When placing the wheel back in, carefully press the wheel driving motor slightly towards the centre of the wheel usinggentle force.

All roller bearings and the locating bolt for the wheel are maintenance-free, with the exception of the threaded rod of the ball launching mechanism (slide). Whenever necessary, household lubricating oil or spray should be applied to this component.

ATTENTION

When cleaning the wheel make sure that the sensors located on the rim of the wheel and the infrared sensors below the wheel are not misadjusted.

Dirty Roulette balls cannot be detected by the laser sensors and will result in the error message “Winnumberdetection - no ball in wheel or wrong ball sensor adjustment” Error 41.

Please see also section VII.4 Error Clearing - Airwheel Error Messages.

NOTE

Use only Roulette balls from AGI GmbH with a diameter of 18 mm.

The rubber drive rings (Item no. 60400128) should be checked regularly for damage and wear.As a general rule, they should be replaced on a semi-yearly basis to prevent normal wear resulting from the operation.

The ball flap foil (Item no. 25900019) should also be checked regularly for damage and wear andshould be replaced as necessary.


!

P a g e 3 7 1


© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

VIII.13 Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

Check that the sensors are adjusted correctly towards the Roulette wheel. Also, the reader heads must synchronise in both spin directions of the wheel. (Left LED changes to green permanent light after no more than three rotations of the wheel.)If detection problems persist after the sensors have been adjusted, the sensors need to be exchanged.

When exchanging a reader head make sure that the “No More Bets” time period adjusted is the same and that the same program version is used (sticker at the bottom) !

In order not to impair the shine of the sensor cabinet it is recommended to wear cotton gloves or use a cotton cloth when handling sensors.


ATTENTION

Do not use any water to clean the sensors!

!

P a g e 3 7 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH


45M

002P

1UK-

03

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Part IX - Hardware

IX.1 Main Power Supply

IX.2 Switching Power Supply

IX.3 Bill Acceptor

IX.4 Coin Acceptor

IX.5 Hopper

IX.6 Ticket Printer

IX.7 Mechanical Meters

IX.8 Illumination

IX.9 Monitor (Terminal / Animation Display)

IX.10 Touchscreen

IX.11 Multi-Interface

IX.12 Logic Unit (PC)

IX.13 Security Board

IX.14 Animation Display PC

IX.15 Network Distributor (HUB)

IX.16 Barcode Reader (Cashdesk)

IX.17 Monitor (Server)

IX.18 Server PC

IX.19 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

IX.20 Modem

IX.21 Server Interface Board

IX.22 Top Light

IX.23 Airwheel for Novo Multi-Roulette™

IX.24 Camera

IX.25 Dealer Panel

IX.26 Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

P a g e 3 7 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 7 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.1 Description of Components Terminal FV680PC

Description of Components - Terminals

Terminal FV680PC

A - Monitor (Touchscreen)B - Main Power SwitchC - Mechanical MetersD - USB Camera Module (optional)E - HopperF . Security Board (not in all jurisdictions)G - Logical UnitH - Bill IlluminationI - Ticket PrinterJ - Multi-InterfaceK - Bill AcceptorL - Coin AcceptorM - Stacker BoxN - Switching Power Supply (behind WBA)O - Main Power Supply Unit (behind WBA)P - Cashbox

COM1 COM2

PRINT1

USB MOUSE KB

UPT

MIC LINE SPK

VGA

A

B

C

P

O

N

L

K

J

I

H

G

E

M

D

F

P a g e 3 7 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.2 Description of Components Terminal FV623PC

Terminal FV623PC

A

B

C

ED

P

R

Q

M

L

H

O

J

F

K

I

S

G

N

A - Top LightB - Top BoxC - Coin AcceptorD - Mechanical MetersE - Illumination (fluorescent tube)F - Door in Door SystemG - USB Camera Module (optional)H - MonitorI - Main Power Supply Unit (behind Monitor)J - Monitor (Touchscreen)

K - Logical Unit (behind Monitor)L - Bill AcceptorM - StackerN - Ticket PrinterN - Switching Power SupplyO - HopperP - Main Power SwitchQ - Door SwitchR - Cashbox

P a g e 3 7 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Block Diagram

PowerSupply

SupplyPower

Switching Sound-

P425

Multi Interface

P391I/O Card

Main

Mains Supply

cardVGA CardPC-PowerSupply

Monitor

LS-LLS-R

switchesDoor-

lampsMeter

Meters

AcceptorCoin

AcceptorBill

Hopper

Coin-Channel-Sensor

Coindiverter

PC

CoverBill AcceptorIllumination

ControllerTouchscreen

USB Port

with Printer(option)Printer

LPT-port

and Lamps

Illustr. IX.3 Block diagram

P a g e 3 7 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of Components - 8 Player Configuration (FS681)

A - SpeakerB - Switching DelayC - HUB (Network Distributor)D - PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)

Illustr. IX.4 Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681

A

B

A

C

D

A A

P a g e 3 7 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

A - FanB - SpeakerC - HUB (Network Distributor)D - SpeakerE - SpeakerF - PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)G - Switching DelayH - Speaker

A

B

C

D

E

G

F

H

Illustr. IX.5 Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690

Description of Components - Roulette Bowl / Airwheel (FS690)

P a g e 3 8 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of Components - Novo Unity Server (FS695PC)

Illustr. IX.6 Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

G

J

E

A

CB

H

L

MF

K

D I

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - Novo Unity Server PCE - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)F - Distributor BoardG - FanH - Monitor Power SupplyI - RaidsystemJ - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)K - Router/DHCP ServerL - Server Interface BoardM - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

P a g e 3 8 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.7 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

H

F

A

CB

I

K

LG

E J

Description of Components - Game Server (FS696PC)

Game Sever for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

D

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette™)E - Game Server PCF - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)G - Distributor Board

H - FanI - Monitor Power SupplyJ - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)K - Server Interface BoardL - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

P a g e 3 8 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Game Server for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

F

D

B

A

G

I

JE

C H

A - Security Key SwitchB - USB Camera Module (optional)C - Game Server PCD - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)E - Distributor BoardF - Audible Dealer SignalG - Monitor Power SupplyH - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)I - Server Interface BoardJ - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

Illustr. IX.8 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

INFORMATION

For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play.

For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel.

P a g e 3 8 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of Components OPTIONAL FOR SINGLE TABLE INSTALLATIONSNovo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) in Combination

Novo Unity and Game Server for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

J

M

H

A

CB

K

O

PI

N

L

E

G

D

F

Illustr. IX.9 Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - Monitor Switch BoxE - Game Server PCF - USB Camera Module (optional for Novo Multi-Roulette™)G - Novo Unity Server PCH - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)I - Distributor Board

J - FanK - Monitor Power SupplyL - RaidsystemM - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)N - Router/DHCP ServerO - Server Interface BoardP - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

P a g e 3 8 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Novo Unity and Game Server (FS695PC) for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

Smart-UPS

7 5 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

POWER H.D.D. LAN

POWER

Smart-UPS

7 0 0

POWER H.D.D. LAN

LANH.D.D.POWER

POWER

POWER

PUSH

J

N

H

A

CB

K

P

QI

O

M

E

G

D

F

Illustr. IX.10 Description of Components Novo Unity and Game Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

A - MonitorB - FanC - Keyboard / TrackballD - Security Key SwitchE - Game Server PCF - USB Camera Module (optional)G - Novo Unity Server PCH - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)I - Distributor BoardJ - Fan

K - Monitor Power SupplyL - Audible Dealer SignalM - RaidsystemN - RS232 to RS485 Adapter (behind Raidsystem)O - Router/DHCP ServerP - Server Interface BoardQ - Switching Power Supply (Server Interface Board)

L

For Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ a Dealer Board (10.4" Touchscreen) or a Dealer Panel can be optionally connected to allow the dealer to intervene in the game play.For detailed information please see part VI Game Server, section VI.3 Dealer Board for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ and Part IX Hardware, section IX.17 Monitor (Server) and section IX.25 Dealer Panel.

P a g e 3 8 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of Components - Animation Display (FS773)

Illustr. IX.11 Description of Components Animation Display FS773

A - MonitorB - SpeakerC - USB Camera ModuleD - FanE - SpeakerF - Animation Display PCG - Fan

B

A

E

FG

CD

P a g e 3 8 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 8 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.1 Main Power Supply

IX.1.1 Position in the machine

IX.1.2 Function

IX.1.3 Troubleshooting

IX.1.4 Pin assignment IX.1.5 Exchanging the Main Power Supply

IX.1.6 Description of the Modular Power Supply

P a g e 3 8 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

X1 X2 X3

X4 X5 X6X7

X8X9

X10Fuse T5A

Service outlet

Mains power switch

Fuse T3A15

Illustr. IX.1.1 Fuses and LED on main power supply unit Illustr. IX.1.2 Main switch


Please see illustration IX.1 on page 375.

IX.1.2 Function

Provides voltage to the following components:

230V or 110V / AC for: Switching power supply Fluorescent tube Fan

12-15V/DC for: Bill acceptor display illumination Top Light


Two T3A15 (slow-blowing) single-pole fuses function as the primary protection of the power supply. These fuses are located at the front of the main switch.(Please see illustr. IX.1.2)

The secondary protection T5A (slow-blowing) of the 12V voltage is located at the front of the main power supply. This voltage has been allocated a red light emitting diode, which glows only if the fuses are intact and if input voltage is present.(Please see illustr. IX.1.1)

This voltage indicator is designed to facilitate service work providing some preliminary information. For more precise information on any incorrect operating voltages, measurements must be taken using appropriate instruments.

In addition, all connectors should be checked.(Please see illustr. IX.1.1)

P a g e 3 8 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.1.4 Pin assignment

DC Connector:

X8Pin Function

01 +12V/DC (R)02 +12V/DC (R)03 +12V/DC (R)04 GND (R)05 GND (R)06 GND (R)

AC Connector:

X1 X2Pin Function Pin Function

01 AC neutral (Out) 01 AC neutral (Out)02 AC ground 02 AC ground03 AC live (Out) 03 AC live (Out)04 nc 04 nc





X7Pin Function

01 AC live (In)02 nc03 nc04 AC live (Out)05 AC neutral (In)06 nc07 nc08 AC neutral (Out)

P a g e 3 9 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Dismounting instructions for the Main Power Supply (see illustr. IX.1.3):1) Disconnect the main plug of the terminal from the socket.2) Open Stacker Door and Front Large Door.3) Pull out the hopper.

NOTE

Make a note of the correct plug positions!

4) Remove all plugs from the modular power supply (modular power supply = main power supply + switching power supply).

Please see illustr. IX.1.4 - Modular power supply.

5) Release the fastening of the modular power supply and remove pulling it towards the front.

6) Separate the main power supply from the switching power supply.

7) Exchange the main power supply unit.

8) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

IX.1.5 Exchanging the Main Power Supply

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective main power supply unit must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.1.3 Exchange of the main power supply

Main power supply

Switching power supply

P a g e 3 9 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.1.4 Modular power supply

IX.1.6 Description of the Modular Power Supply

X1 X2 X3

X4 X5 X6X7

X8X9

X10Fuse T5A

X1 X2 X3

X4 X5 X6X7

X8X9

X10Fuse T5AModular Power Supply Unit

Switching Power Supply - NFS-110

Main Power Supply

P a g e 3 9 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 9 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.2 Switching Power Supply


IX.2.2 Function



IX.2.5 Exchanging the Switching Power Supply

P a g e 3 9 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.2.2 Function

Type: NFS-110 / 7602P

Provides voltage to the following components:

24V/DC for: Printer Multi-interface

12V/DC for: Meters Meter illumination Touchscreen Multi-interface

5V/DC for: Multi-interface PC card Door optics Printer


Check the connectors of the switching power supply.


AC Connector DC Connector

J1 J2Pin Function Pin Function

01 AC ground 01 +5V DC02 nc 02 +5V DC03 AC neutral 03 nc04 nc 04 GND05 AC live 05 GND 06 GND 07 GND 08 +12V DC 09 +12V DC 10 PFD 11 -12V DC 12 nc 13 +24V DC

P a g e 3 9 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Dismounting instructions for the Switching Power Supply (see illustr. IX.2.1):1) Disconnect the main plug of the terminal from the socket.2) Open Stacker Door and Front Large Door.3) Pull out the hopper.

NOTE

Make a note of the correct plug positions!

4) Remove all plugs from the modular power supply (modular power supply = main power supply + switching power supply).

Please see illustr. IX.1.4 - Modular power supply.

5) Release the fastening of the modular power supply and remove pulling it towards the front.

6) Separate the main power supply from the switching power supply.

7) Exchange the switching power supply unit.


Illustr. IX.2.1 Exchange of the switching power supply

Main Power Supply

Switching Power Supply

IX.2.5 Exchanging the Switching Power Supply

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective switching power supply must be exchanged.

P a g e 3 9 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 3 9 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.3 Bill Acceptor


IX.3.2 Function

IX.3.3 Troubleshooting IX.3.4 Exchanging the Bill Acceptor

IX.3.5 Component parts

IX.3.6 Collecting bills

IX.3.7 Bills jammed in the Bill Acceptor

IX.3.8 Adjusting the WBA Bill Acceptor

P a g e 3 9 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.3.2 Function

Type: WBA-23/25-SSGPT or compatible

The bill acceptor is programmed for the respective national currency.


Check that the bill acceptor is fixed correctly in its mounting. Check the connectors of the cable connecting the bill acceptor to the multi-interface.

IX.3.4 Exchanging the Bill Acceptor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective bill acceptor must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.3.2 Exchanging the bill acceptor UBA

Dismounting instructions for the Bill Acceptor WBA-25-SS2 (see illustr. IX.3.1):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.

2) Pull down the lock bar of the bill acceptor and simultaneously take out the bill acceptor in forward direction.

3) To remove the mouthpiece release both fixing screws and press the two bars located on the upper side in forward direction.

4) Exchange the bill acceptor.


Locking bar

Illustr. IX.3.1 Exchanging the bill acceptor WBA

P a g e 3 9 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.3.3 Components WBA-25-SS2

Dismounting instructions for the bill acceptor UBA (see illustr. IX.3.2):

1) Open the Main Door and disconnect the machine from the mains.2) Press down the lock bar of the bill acceptor and simultaneously take out the bill acceptor in forward

direction.3) Exchange the bill acceptor.4) Pull back the bill acceptor into its retainer until the lock bar engages.5) Switch on the machine and close the Main Door.

IX.3.5 Components of the Bill Acceptor

Transfer unit cover

Latches

Bill slot

Locking bar of the bill acceptor

Locking bar of the stacker box

Stacker box

Illustr. IX.3.4 Components UBA

P a g e 4 0 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.3.5 Collecting bills - WBA-25-SS2

IX.3.6 Empty stacker

IX.3.6.1 Collecting bills at Bill Acceptor WBA-25-SS2

ATTENTION

Great amounts of money may be inside the stacker box! Remove the stacker only in a safe surrounding!

Description:1) Open the Stacker Door.

2) Press down the locking lever of the stacker and keep the locking lever pressed. Take out the stacker towards the front of the terminal.

3) Open the stacker and collect the bills.

4) By reinstalling the stacker locking bar engages automatically.

IX.3.6.2 Collecting bills at Bill Acceptor UBA

!

Illustr. IX.3.6 Collecting bills - UBA

Description:1) Open the Stacker Door.

2) Grab the blue strap on the stacker box and pull it firmly to release it.

3) Open the stacker and collect the bills.

4) Re-insert the stacker.

P a g e 4 0 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.3.7 Removing jammed bills - WBA-25-SS2

IX.3.6 Bills jammed in the Bill Acceptor

IX.3.6.1 Bill Acceptor WBA-25-SS2

ATTENTION

Great amounts of money may be inside the stacker box! Remove the stacker only in a safe surrounding!

Description:Depending on the situation encountered, jammed bills must be removed as shown in the illustration above(please see illustr. IX.3.7).

IX.3.6.2 Bill Acceptor UBA

!

in the sensors in the bill acceptor behind stacker box

Description:Depending on the situation encountered, jammed bills must be removed as shown in the illustration above(please see illustr. IX.3.8).

Illustr. IX.3.8 Removing jammed bills - UBA

P a g e 4 0 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.3.9 Acceptor unit

Illustr. IX.3.10 Dip switches before adjustment Illustr. IX.3.11 Dip switches after adjustment

IX.3.8 Adjusting the WBA Bill Acceptor

INFORMATION

These instructions are only valid for the bill acceptor WBA-25-SS2, because the adjustment of the bill acceptor UBA is more comprehensive. If an adjustment of the bill acceptor UBA is required, please contact our Technical Support (phone no. +43 2252 606-285).

The adjustment of the sensors is intended to compensate any slight age-related cloudiness of the optical lenses (black and white adjustment) or any normal wear of the optical sensors. Therefore, the adjustment procedure described below should be carried out when required.

NOTE

Please note that the adjustment is not a substitute for cleaning the sensor lenses!Therefore please clean the sensor lenses before each sensor adjustment.Follow carefully the below instructions when adjusting the WBA bill acceptor:

Description:1) Release the connecting plugs from the WBA (e.g. by pulling out the acceptor unit).2) Make a note of the position of the dip switches!3) Set dip switches 8, 7, 6 and 5 to ON.4) Set dip switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 to OFF.5) Connect the WBA to the power supply, by inserting the acceptor unit in the acceptor frame. The

emergency transport motor will first run forward approximately 2 seconds and then briefly reverse.6) Insert the reference paper KS-039 (item number: 40150146) with the black end in first. The WBA

pulls the paper in automatically and moves it forwards and backwards several times. The auto-adjustment is completed once the reference paper has been ejected and the transport motor has come to a halt. After that, the acceptor requires another approximately 2-3 seconds to write the data to the internal memory chip.

7) Disconnect the acceptor unit from the power supply again and return the dip switches to their original position (normally OFF position).

DIP switches

P a g e 4 0 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.4 Coin Acceptor


IX.4.2 Function


IX.4.4 Pin assignment MC40/NRI

IX.4.5 Exchanging the Coin Acceptor

P a g e 4 0 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.4.2 Function

Type: MC40 Coin Comparator with reference coin NRI Coin Validator (programmable)

The coin diverter below the coin acceptor sorts coins either into the hopper or the cashbox.


Check that the coin acceptor is fixed correctly in its mounting. Check the connectors of the cable connecting the coin acceptor to the multi-interface. Make sure that the coin diverter can move freely in both positions.


Main wire loom of the MC40

Pin Colour Function01 black GND02 nc nc03 orange Tilt04 blue credit output05 nc nc06 red +12VDC07 yellow enable

Main wire loom of the NRI

Pin Colour Function01 black GND02 yellow +12VDC03 orange/black channel 504 orange/grey channel 605 brown reject06 pink enable07 orange/brown channel 108 orange/blue channel 209 orange/green channel 310 orange/violet channel 4

P a g e 4 0 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Dismounting instructions for the Coin Acceptor and the Coin Optics Board (see illustr. IX.4.1 and IX.4.2):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.

2) Take out the coin acceptor mounting from the terminal.

3) Depending on the installed coin acceptor please consider the correct order:

ATTENTION

MC40 - First press the locking levers of the coin acceptor mounting down to unlock them, tilt the coin acceptor to the front and take it out upwards from the mounting. Afterwards release the connector.

NRI - First release the connector. Afterwards press the locking levers of the coin acceptor mounting down to unlock them, tilt the coin acceptor to the front and take it out upwards from the mounting.

4) If the coin optics board is defective, release the connecting plug and unscrew the board.

5) Exchange the defective component.


Illustr. IX.4.1 Coin acceptor in the machine

Illustr. IX.4.2 Coin acceptor mounting

1) Locking lever2) Coin optics PCB

1

2

!

IX.4.5 Exchanging the Coin Acceptor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective coin acceptor or the defective coin optics PCB must be exchanged.

P a g e 4 0 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 0 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.5 Hopper


IX.5.2 Function


IX.5.4 Exchanging the Hopper


IX.5.6 Exploded diagram of the Hopper

IX.5.7 Hopper high level

P a g e 4 0 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.5.1 Exchange of the hopper



IX.5.2 Function

Type: Universal hopper MK IV or compatibleStorage of inserted coins controlled by the coin diverter system and payout of wins.


Check that the hopper and the connectors are fastened correctly.Check that the hopper was pushed all the way in.Make sure that the hopper is connected to the multi-interface.Check for jammed coins or dirt in the hopper.

IX.5.4 Exchanging the Hopper

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective hopper must be exchanged.

Dismounting instructions for the Hopper (see illustr. IX.5.1):1) Open the Front Large Door.

2) Pull out the hopper towards the front.

3) Exchange the hopper.


P a g e 4 0 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.5.2 Pin assignment of the hopper (back side)


Pin assignment:

Pin Colour Function

1 black GND-Motor 2 orange/black GND-Switches 3 nc nc 4 violet IN 1 5 blue Security 6 pink High-level 7 red/black Low-level 8 grey IN 2 9 green DC-Motor 10 yellow +12VDC 11 blue/black Payout 12 white/violet IN 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Plug scheme on back side of hopper

P a g e 4 1 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.5.3 Exploded diagram of the hopper (MK IV)

IX.5.6 Exploded diagram of the Hopper

IX.5.7 Hopper high level

The hopper has two contact plates at the top on the inside. If the fill level of the hopper rises to reach these contact plates, another 100 coins will be sorted into the hopper. After that the coin diverter will route coins to the cashbox.

Please see also section IV.5.6 Hopper Refill.

P a g e 4 11

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.6 Ticket Printer


IX.6.2 Function


IX.6.4 Exchanging the Ticket Printer

IX.6.5 Loading Tickets

IX.6.6 Removing Tickets

IX.6.7 Status LED

IX.6.8 Firmware Update

P a g e 4 1 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.6.2 Function

Ithaca Model EPIC 950 Thermal (serial) The Ithaca ticket printer enables the cashless insertion and payout of credits (Ticket In/Ticket Out). The player may gain a ticket either by cash at the cashdesk or by printing remaining credits on a ticket by pressing the CASH button provided on the terminal. After insertion of the ticket into the bill slot the value of ticket will be indicated in the Credit display area on the terminal screen.


Check the power supply of the printer.Check the plug connection to the PC.Check the assignment of the serial port on the Novo Unity Server.

Please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.2.1 Devices, parameter Ithaca Printer COM Port <Ithaca>.

Illustr. IX.6.1 Ticket Printer (in the bill acceptor hood) Illustr. IX.6.2 Service Door - opened

IX.6.4 Exchanging the Ticket Printer

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective printer must be exchanged.

P a g e 4 1 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Dismounting instructions for the Ticket Printer (see illustr. IX.6.3 - IX.6.7): 1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.

2) Disconnect the power supply (A) of the printer.

3) Dismount the printer retainer by detaching the four screws (B) with the socket driver.

4) Take out the ticket printer together with the printer retainer.

5) Unscrew the printer retainer by releasing the four screws (C).

6) Dismount the cover of the ticket slot by removing both screws (D).

7) Unscrew the ticket slot by removing both screws (E).

8) Disconnect the power supply (F) of the ticket slot illumination.

9) Pull out the ticket printer from the outer chassis assembly.

10) Exchange the ticket printer.


Illustr. IX.6.3 Ticket Printer in the Top Large Door

B

BB

B

A

C

CC

C

Illustr. IX.6.4 Ticket Printer Retainer

Illustr. IX.6.5 Cover - Ticket Slot Illustr. IX.6.6 Ticket Slot Illustr. IX.6.7 Ticket Slot - Illumination

F

E E

D D

P a g e 4 1 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.6.5 Loading Tickets

When loading a new ticket stack, make sure that there is power to the printer. The printerʼs ticket trayis integrated with a guide to direct the ticket into the printer mechanism.

1) Open the Service Door (see illustr. IX.6.2).2) Remove any remaining tickets from the tray (see next page).3) Load tickets into the ticket tray. Make sure that the black label is facing you.4) Insert the leading ticket into the printer mechanism assembly's insertion guide area. The ticket

should be fed about 1/2 cm into the mechanism; at this time the printer automatically completes the feeding process.

5) Close the Service Door.

Illustr. IX.6.8 Loading tickets

release lever

P a g e 4 1 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

ad a) Removing loaded tickets from the printer by opening the ticket cover:1) Open the Service Door.2) Lift and rotate the ticket cover backwards, towards the rear of the printer.3) Remove all tickets from the ticket path and check for any debris.4) Remove any remaining tickets from the ticket tray.5) Rotate the ticket cover back into the latched (magnetic) position.6) Proceed with ticket loading procedure.

See section IX.6.5.

ad b) Removing loaded tickets from the printer by using the FEED button:1) Open the Service Door.2) Separate ticket currently loaded in the platen assembly from the ticket stack and remove any

remaining ticket stack.3) Press the FEED button to eject the ticket.4) Proceed with ticket loading procedure.

See section IX.6.5.

IX.6.6 Removing Tickets

There are two ways to remove the unused tickets from the printer mechanism assembly:

a) The first way is to release the ticket cover by lifting and rotating backwards. This will relieve pressure to the platen and tickets can be removed. This also will allow an opening that provides space to clean the print head or to check the printer for jams.

b) The second way is to use the feed button, which will feed out tickets from within the printer mechanism assembly.

release lever

ticket cover

FEED

READY

PAPER

OPEN

FAULT

feed button

ticket tray

Illustr. IX.6.9 Removing loaded tickets

P a g e 4 1 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

TROUBLESHOOTING

CONDITIONLED

READY PAPER OPEN FAULTPrinter ready ON - - -Ticket cover open ON - ON -Chassis open ON - BLINK -Ticket out ON ON - -Ticket low ON BLINK - -Paper jam ON - - BLINK

ERROR ERROR DESCRIPTION TROUBLESHOOTINGTicket cover open The ticket cover is open. Close the ticket cover.Chassis open The chassis is open. Close the chassis.Ticket out Results when the printer does not

detect any paper present.Load a new ticket stack.

Ticket low Printer will run out of tickets soon. Load a new ticket stack soon.Paper jam Results when the printer detects an

error in the ticket path for presenting the ticket to the customer.

Open the printer head and inspect for a jammed ticket.

IX.6.7 Status LED

The Status LED report the status of the printer whenever power is present.

Illustr. IX.6.10 Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Status LED

FEED

READY

PAPER

OPEN

FAULT

P a g e 4 1 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Upgrade procedure:

1) Dismount the ticket printer.See section IX.6.4 Exchanging the ticket printer - step 1-4.

2) Connect again the ticket printer to the power supply cable in the terminal.See illustration IX.6.3 Ticket printer in the Top Large Door.

3) Connect the printer to the computer by using the download cable (Download Port)see illustr. IX.6.11.

4) For the upgrade procedure the printer needs tickets. If necessary, load a new ticket stack. 5) Open the chassis slid. 6) Open the ticket cover. 7) Apply power to the printer by switching on the machine, while holding the FEED button on the printer.

The “POWER” LED will be blinking and the “FAULT” LED should be on solid. 8) Start the firmware download program. The following window will be displayed:

IX.6.8 Firmware Upgrade

Occasionally the printer can require a firmware upgrade. For this purpose the printer features a firmware download port:

FEED

READY

PAPER

OPEN

FAULTfirmware and graphics download port

Illustr. IX.6.11 Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Firmware Upgrade

P a g e 4 1 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

9) Select the proper serial port (Communications Port) to allow data transfer to the printer. 10) Move the slider “Serial performance” to the right until 115200 baud (do not select higher rates). Quit

possible warning messages by pressing the OK button.

11) Select the printer symbol in the task menu and activate “XOn/XOff (serial)” by a mouse click.

12) Select the Get Printer Information button. Afterwards the current printer information will be displayed below this button.

13) Use the Select file to Download button and choose the required firmware download file. 14) Confirm with the Download Now button to start the firmware upgrade procedure. 15) The completion of the download upgrade procedure will be displayed by a message window. 16) Close the ticket cover and the chassis slid. 17) Turn off the terminal. 18) Disconnect the download and power supply cable from the printer. 19) Reinstall the ticket printer together with the printer retainer into the terminal. 20) Switch on the terminal. 21) Now an automatic test ticket is printed, which shows the new configuration. 22) The ticket printer is now ready for operation.

910

11

12

13

14

P a g e 4 1 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.7 Mechanical Meters


IX.7.2 Function


IX.7.4 Exchanging the Meters Unit

IX.7.5 Connectors

P a g e 4 2 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.7.2 Function

Each player terminal is equipped with 8 mechanical meters. These meters are used to verify machine accounting. The meter settings will be made by the Technical Support of AGI on the Novo Unity Server.

Please see also part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.1.9 Counters.

Each meter can be configured individually. The following configurations can be selected on the Novo Unity Server:

Bet: Total amount of betsWin: Total amount of winsRemote In: Total of credits added by the attendant via the remote functionHandpay Out: Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant

(Jackpots + Cancelled Credits)Hopper Refill: Total amount of coins refilled into the hopperCashless In: Total amount of credits paid in via cardsCashless Out: Total amount of payouts to a cardTicket In: Total amount of credits paid in via ticketsBill In: Total amount of bills accepted via the bill acceptorJackpot: Total amount of wins paid out manually by the attendantCancelled Credit: Total amount of manual payouts by the attendant, except for jackpotsPrinter Out: Total amount of printed, redeemable ticketsTip Money: Total amount of tip moneyCoins To Drop: Total amount of coins transferred to the cashboxTotal In: Total value paid in (coins + bills + tickets + remote in)Total Out: Total value paid out (coins + tickets + manual payouts by the attendant)Coin In: Total value of coins accepted via the coin acceptorCoin Out: Total value of coins paid out via the hopperGame Number: Total sum of games


Check that the plug connector is connected correctly to the meter unit. Also check the voltage and that the program chip is properly fixed.

IX.7.4 Exchanging the Meters Unit

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective meters board must be exchanged.

P a g e 4 2 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

4321

1 - Power supply2 - Connection to the multi-interface and the PC (RS485)3 - Not used4 - Not used

Dismounting instructions for the Mechanical Meters (see illustr. IX.7.1 and IX.7.2):1) Open the Top Large Door and the Front Large Door and power down the terminal.

2) Disconnect all plug connections from the meters board. (Connector of meter illumination!)

3) Disconnect the two nuts on the front side from the meters unit and pull the unit off backwards.

4) Take off the deep drawn component from the board by releasing the four nuts.


IX.7.5 Connectors

Illustr. IX.7.2 Meters unit (back view)

Release nuts Connector meter illumination

Illustr. IX.7.1 Mechanical meters (top view)

Illustr. IX.7.3 Mechanical meters

P a g e 4 2 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 2 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.8 Illumination


IX.8.2 Exchanging the Illumination on the terminal

IX.8.3 Exchanging the Illumination for Multi-Player Configurations

P a g e 4 2 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.8.2 Exchanging the Illumination on the terminal

Illustr. IX.8.1 Exchanging the bill acceptor illumination

Connector

Dismounting instructions for the Bill Acceptor Illumination (see illustr. IX.8.1):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.2) Disconnect the connector from the board. 3) Release the four screws (please see illustration above) and remove the cover.4) Exchange the defective fluorescent tube (pull away from the holding).5) To reinstall follow the above instructions in the reverse order.

Illustr. IX.8.2 Exchange of the meter illumination

Lamps

Dismounting instructions for the Meter Illumination (see illustr. IX.8.2):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.2) Open the Front Large Door.3) Exchange the defective lamps (remove from PCB).4) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

P a g e 4 2 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.8.3 Exchanging the illumination for Multi-Player Configurations

Illustr. IX.8.3 Exchanging the spotlights

Illustr. IX.8.4 Exchanging the lamps on the number corona

Dismounting instructions for the spotlights (see illustr. IX.8.3):1) Pull the defective spotlight in its holding downwards.2) Disconnect the spotlight (please see illustration above).3) Remove the holding ring and exchange the spotlight.4) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

Dismounting instructions for the lamps on the number corona(see illustr. IX.8.4):1) Pull the defective lamp in its holding out of the number corona.2) Insert the new lamp in its holding in the number corona.

P a g e 4 2 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 2 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.9 Monitor

IX.9.1 Terminal Monitor

IX.9.2 Animation Display Monitor

P a g e 4 2 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.9.1 Dismounting the monitor (terminal)

IX.9.1 Terminal Monitor

IX.9.1.1 Position in the machine


IX.9.1.2 Function

Type: Tovis 21-inch or compatibleThe monitor is used to display the game play, error messages and accounting information.

IX.9.1.3 Troubleshooting

Make sure that the monitor is anchored properly in its mounting.Also check the connectors of the monitor cable.

IX.9.1.4 Exchanging the Monitor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective monitor must be exchanged. There should always be two people to exchange the monitor, because the monitor is rather heavy and may be difficult to handle for one person.

Dismounting instructions for the Monitor (see illustr. IX.9.1):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.

2) Open the Logic Door.

3) Disconnect the VGA and the touchscreen cable from the PC.

4) Open the Front Large Door.

P a g e 4 2 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

5) Remove the hopper.Please see section IX.5.

6) Disconnect the power supply for the monitor from the mains power supply.

DANGER

Be careful not to touch the picture tube and the PCB! High voltage!

7) Disconnect the power supply for the controller.

8) Remove the coin acceptor mounting and close the Front Large Door.

9) Lift the monitor up slightly holding at the fastenings provided and pull out from the terminal at an angle towards the front (the monitor weighs about 25 kg).

10) Carefully remove all cables still fixed on the monitor from the terminal.


IX.9.1.5 Adjustment of the Monitor

At the bottom of the monitor, on the left-hand side at the monitor mounting a PCB is attached for the adjustment of brightness, contrast and geometry of the picture.

Using the board:

MODE - To call up the menu.SEL/DGU - To confirm the selected menu item (marked red).UP/DOWN - To select the option to be changed.

MODE accepts the changed option and the next option to be changed can be selected using the Up/Down function.If no operation on the board is performed for a period of 20 seconds, the menu will automatically shut down.

SEL/DGU - If this function is used when the menu has not been called up, it demagnetises the monitor.

P a g e 4 3 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.9.2 Animation Display Monitor



IX.9.2.2 Function

Type: NEC PlasmaSync 61XM4, 61z Wide XGA multimedia screen or compatibleThe Animation Display screen displays the current game play. Players on the terminals can follow the game (sequences, bets and wins of all players) on the animation display.


If an error occurs please contact the Technical Support AGI.

P a g e 4 3 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.10 Touchscreen


IX.10.2 Function

IX.10.3 Troubleshooting / Exchanging the Touchscreen

P a g e 4 3 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.10.2 Function

The touchscreen allows players to place or cancel bets by selecting the respective functions on the monitor.Additionally, the touchscreen facilitates menu navigation and access to accounting statistics.

IX.10.3 Troubleshooting / Exchanging the Touchscreen

If the touchscreen does not react to finger tips, a reset of the entire terminal should be carried out. Check the voltage connection on the controller. Also check whether the green LED on the controller is on, emitting light at medium intensity, and whether it glows with high intensity (glowing brightly) when the touchscreen is operated. If this is not the case, the entire monitor unit (monitor + touchscreen + controller) should be exchanged as described above.

Please see section IX.9.1.4 Exchanging the Monitor.

After a new monitor unit has been installed, the touchscreen must be calibrated.Please see section IV.4.3 Calibrate Touchscreen.

P a g e 4 3 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.11 Multi-Interface


IX.11.2 Function

IX.11.3 Explanation of connectors


IX.11.5 Exchanging the Multi-Interface

P a g e 4 3 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.11.1 Connections of the multi-interface

4

3

2

1

5

7

11 121098



IX.11.2 Function

The multi-interface is the central control unit of the bill acceptor, the coin acceptor and the hopper.

IX.11.3 Explanation of connectors

1 - WBA bill acceptor 2 - Main power supply 3 - 12V power supply 4 - Hopper 5 - Network (RS485) 6 - Not used 7 - Coin acceptor 8 - Not used 9 - Coin diverter 10 - Illumination (Insert Bill, arrow) 11 - Not used 12 - Coin channel optics

6

P a g e 4 3 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.11.2 Exchange of the multi-interface


Check all plug connections on the multi-interface.

IX.11.5 Exchanging the Multi-Interface

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective multi-interface must be exchanged.

Dismounting instructions for the Multi-Interface (see illustr. IX.11.2):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.

2) Disconnect all plug connections from the multi-interface.

3) Release the butterfly nut (top left-hand side), pull the multi-interface slightly upwards and take it out from the terminal.

4) Unscrew the multi-interface from the fastening metal.


P a g e 4 3 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 3 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.12 Logic Unit (PC)


IX.12.2 Function


IX.12.4 Exchanging the Logic Unit

IX.12.5 64-pin main plug

IX.12.6 Pin assignment of the main wire loom

IX.12.7 PC Card

P a g e 4 3 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.12.2 Function

The PC is the electronic control and logic unit. In addition the PC stores all accounting data and controls the game procedures. Either of the two PC types may be installed in the devices. Both types incorporate the same hardware and software and share the same functions. The only differences lie in the cabinet design and in the way they are installed in the terminal.


Check that all plug connections are fixed properly on the PC.

IX.12.4 Exchanging the Logic Unit

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective PC must be exchanged.

P a g e 4 3 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Dismounting instructions for the PC (see illustr. IX.12.1 and IX.12.2):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.


ATTENTION

Do not stretch, turn or bend any cables at the left side of the PC!

3) Disconnect all plug connections at the back of the PC.

4) Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts.

5) Carefully take out the PC from the terminal.

ATTENTION

Insert the new PC sliding it carefully into the terminal, open the Front Large Door and pull the power cable a little bit to the back to avoid squeezing the cable.


!

Illustr. IX.12.1 Dismounting Bandit PC

!

Illustr. IX.12.2 Dismounting Booksize PC

P a g e 4 4 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.12.4 Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC

Illustr. IX.12.6 Disconnecting the plug connections of the security board

Illustr. IX.12.5 Dismounting the Cover of the security board

A A B B

C

C

C

C

Illustr. IX.12.3 Dismounting the PC Security Cover

P a g e 4 4 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

INFORMATION

In certain jurisdictions the PC Security Cover is mounted in front of the PC to fulfil relevant technical standard requirements. Following describes the dismounting instructions for the PC considering the PC Security Cover.

Dismounting instructions for the PC considering the PC Security Cover(see illustr. IX.12.3 - IX.12.6):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.


3) Release both mounting screws (A) of the PC Security Cover.

4) Take out the PC Security Cover from the terminal.


6) Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts (B).

ATTENTION

Do not stretch, turn or bend any cables of the PC!

7) Pull out slightly the PC towards the front of the terminal.

8) Release the four mounting screws (C) of the security board cover.

9.) Disconnect the plug connections of the security board.

10) Carefully take out the PC from the terminal.

11) Unscrew the mounting plate for the security board by releasing both screws (at the right and left side of the PC).

ATTENTION

Insert the new PC sliding it carefully into the terminal, open the Front Large Door and pull the power cable a little bit to the back to avoid squeezing the cable.12) To reinstall follow the above instructions in reverse order.

!

!

P a g e 4 4 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.12.5 64-pin main plug

Pin Colour Function01a nc nc01c nc nc02a nc nc02c nc nc03a nc nc03c nc nc04a nc nc04c nc nc05a nc nc05c nc nc06a nc nc06c nc nc07a nc nc07c nc nc08a nc nc08c nc nc09a nc nc09c grey Top Light (white)10a nc nc10c nc nc11a nc nc11c nc nc12a nc nc12c nc nc13a nc nc13c nc nc14a nc nc14c pink/orange Top Light (blue)15a nc nc15c nc nc16a violet/black Top Light (reserve)16c nc nc17a nc nc17c nc nc18a nc nc18c orange/green Meter Lamps19a pink/grey Doorswitch transmitter (Main Doors (Top+Front))19c nc nc20a blue/black Doorswitch (Cashbox)20c nc nc

P a g e 4 4 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.12.5 64-pin main plug - continued

Pin Colour Function21a yellow/grey Doorswitch (logic box)21c green/grey Power fail detection (low voltage)22a pink/violet Doorswitch (Front Door)22c nc nc23a pink Doorswitch (stacker box)23c brown/black Keyswitch 09 (remote)24a nc nc24c white/orange Keyswitch 10 (bookkeeping all pages)25a nc nc25c nc nc26a nc nc26c pink/blue Doorswitch Receiver (Main Doors (Top+Front))27a yellow/brown Paper low27c nc nc28a nc nc28c white/black Keyswitch 08 (bookkeeping 1st page)29a nc nc29c nc nc30a nc nc30c nc nc31a nc nc31c nc nc32a nc nc32c nc nc

P a g e 4 4 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Connector 02: Connection for the power supply of the PC card5-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 red +5V DC (NFS)02 nc nc03 nc nc04 black GND (NFS)05 nc nc

Connector 03: Connection for loudspeakers3,5 mm stereo jack plugPin Colour Function green/black GND orange/green sound left red/black sound right

Connector 04: Power supply switching power supply NFS 11018-pin MOLEX Pin housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 red +5V DC (multi-interface)02 red +5V DC (PC card)03 red +5 DC (X2)04 black GND (connection with transformer)05 black GND (X1)06 yellow +12V DC (multi-interface)07 yellow +12V DC (meters)08 yellow +12V DC (touchscreen and meter illumination)09 green +24V DC (multi-interface)10 red +5V DC (printer)11 red +5V DC (TFT)12 black GND (PC card)13 black GND (meters)14 black GND (printer)15 yellow +12V DC (TFT)16 yellow +12V DC (TFT)17 green/grey Power fail detection (low voltage)18 green +24V DC (X4)

P a g e 4 4 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Connector 05: Connection power supply multi-interface6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 red +5V DC (NFS)02 yellow +12V DC (NFS)03 green +24V DC (NFS)04 green/grey Power fail detection (low voltage)05 black GND (NFS)06 black GND (NFS)

Connector 06: Connection power supply serial meters4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 black GND (NFS)02 nc nc03 nc nc04 yellow +12V DC (NFS)

Connector 07: Connection power supply meter illumination6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 nc nc02 black GND (NFS)03 orange/green Meter lamps04 yellow +12V DC (NFS)05 nc nc06 nc nc

Connector 08: Connection power supply touchscreen2-pin MOLEX pin housing Pin Colour Function01 black GND (NFS)02 yellow +12V DC (NFS)

Connector 09: Connection power supply printer6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 red +5V DC (NFS)02 black GND (NFS)03 nc nc04 black GND (NFS)05 green +24V DC (NFS)06 nc nc

P a g e 4 4 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Connector 10: Connection power supply top light plug4-pin MOLEX Power-Connector bushing housing Pin Colour Function01 white +12V DC (transformer)02 pink/orange Top Light (blue)03 grey Top Light (white)04 violet/black Top Light (reserve)

Connector 11: Connection door optics, Top and Front Doors - receiver4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54Pin Colour Function01 red +5V DC (NFS)02 pink/blue Doorswitch receiver (Main Doors (Top+Front))03 orange/black GND switches04 ***** INVERSE-POLARITY PROTECTION

Connector 12: Connection door optics, Top and Front Doors - transmitter4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54Pin Colour Function01 red +5V DC (NFS)02 pink/grey Doorswitch transmitter (Main Doors (Top+Front))03 ***** INVERSE-POLARITY PROTECTION04 nc nc

Connector 13: Connection power supply 6.5" TFT6-pin MOLEX pin housing Mini Fit Pin Colour Function01 black GND (NFS)02 black GND (NFS)03 red +5V DC (NFS)04 yellow +12V DC (NFS)05 yellow +12V DC (NFS)06 green +24V DC (NFS)

Connector 14: Connection paper low sensor control (P412)4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54Pin Colour Function01 red +5V DC (NFS)02 yellow/brown Paper low03 orange/black GND switches04 nc nc

P a g e 4 4 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Connector 16: Connection serial control PC4-pin modular telephone type connectorPin Colour Function01 yellow GND02 green Serial connection RS-48503 brown Serial connection RS-48504 white GND

Connector 17: Connection serial control meters - PC4-pin modular telephone type connectorPin Colour Function01 yellow GND02 green Serial connection RS-48503 brown Serial connection RS-48504 white GND

Connector 18: Connection serial control multi-interface - meters4-pin modular telephone type connectorPin Colour Function01 yellow GND02 green Serial connection RS-48503 brown Serial connection RS-48504 white GND

Connector 19: Connection serial control multi-interface4-pin modular telephone type connectorPin Colour Function01 yellow GND02 green Serial connection RS-48503 brown Serial connection RS-48504 white GND

Connector 20: Connection illumination corporate logo4-pin MOLEX bushing housing RM2.54Pin Colour Function01 white +12V DC (transformer)02 nc (Option: GND (transformer))03 black GND (transformer)04 nc (Option: +12V DC (transformer))

P a g e 4 4 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Connector 21: Connection 12V DC power supply transformer6-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 white +12V DC (multi-interface)02 white +12V DC (illumination corporate logo)03 white +12V DC (top light)04 black GND (connection with NFS)05 black GND (multi-interface)06 black GND (corporate logo)

Connector 22: Connection 12V DC power supply multi-interface transformer2-pin MOLEX bushing housingPin Colour Function01 black GND (transformer)02 white +12V DC (transformer)

Connector 23: Control hopper - multi-interface-side12-pin MOLEX bushing housingPin Colour Function01 black GND motor (NFS)02 orange/black GND switches (NFS)03 green +24V DC motor (NFS)04 blue/black Payout05 pink High level06 violet IN 107 red/black Low level08 yellow +12V DC logic(NFS)09 nc nc10 blue Security11 grey IN 212 white/violet IN 3

Connector 24: Control hopper - hopper-side12-pin hopper housingPin Colour Function01 black GND motor (NFS)02 orange/black GND switches (NFS)03 nc nc04 violet IN 105 blue Security06 pink High level07 red/black Low level08 grey IN 209 green +24V DC motor (NFS)10 yellow +12V DC logic (NFS)11 blue /black Payout12 white/violet IN 3

P a g e 4 4 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Connector 25: Power supply security print4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Mini FitPin Colour Function01 nc nc02 black GND (NFS)03 red +5V DC (NFS)04 nc nc

Connector 26: Control WBA-illumination multi-interface-side4-pin MOLEX bushing housing Pin Colour Function01 yellow +12V DC (NFS)02 pink LED A (red)03 blue LED B (green)04 nc nc

Connector 27: Control WBA illumination4-pin MOLEX bushing housingPin Colour Function01 yellow +12V DC (NFS)02 pink LED A (red)03 blue LED B (green)04 nc nc

Connector 28: Control illumination bill acceptor - bill insertion4-pin MOLEX bushing housingPin Colour Function01 yellow +12V DC (NFS)02 nc nc03 blue LED B (green)04 nc nc

P a g e 4 5 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.12.7 PC Card

IX.12.7.1 Position within the PC

Please see illustr. IX.12.7 Position of the PC card - Booksize PC.

IX.12.7.2 Function

The PC card is the interface between the PC and the proprietary electronics of the manufacturer (e.g. multi-interface, meters, etc.) and it controls door switches, key switches and the top light.


Check that all plug connectors are fixed properly on the card.

IX.12.7.4 Exchanging the PC Card

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective PC card must be exchanged.

Dismounting the PC Card (see illustr. IX.12.7):1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.

2) Take out the PC from the terminal.Please see section IX.12.4 Exchanging the Logic Unit.

3) Unscrew both slots and carefully pull the PC card up a bit.

4) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable and remove the PC card.


PC card

Illustr. IX.12.7 Position of the PC card - Booksize PC

P a g e 4 5 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.12.7.5 Explanation of connections

1 - I/O Connectors (door switches, key switches and lamps)2 - Not used3 - Not used4 - Voltage control option5 - Not used6 - Serial interface RS485

Illustr. IX.12.8 Connections PC card

13

2

6

54

P a g e 4 5 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 5 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.13 Security Board(Not in all jurisdictions)


IX.13.2 Function

IX.13.3 Exchanging the Security Board

IX.13.4 Connectors

P a g e 4 5 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.13.2 Function

For certain jurisdictions the security board is mounted at the upside of the PC to fulfil security relevant standard requirements. The security board is responsible for the monitoring of the Logic Area and the Security Bill Door.

IX.13.3 Exchanging the Security Board

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective security board must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.13.1 Dismounting the PC Security Cover Illustr. IX.13.2 Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC

Illustr. IX.13.3 Dismounting the Cover of the security board

A A B B

C

C

C

C

P a g e 4 5 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Dismounting instructions for the Security Board (see illustr. IX.13.1 - IX.13.4):

NOTE

If no PC Security Cover is mounted, please skip step three and four.

1) Open the Top Large Door and power down the terminal.


3) Release both mounting screws (A) of the PC Security Cover.

4) Take out the PC Security Cover from the terminal.


6) Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts (B).

ATTENTION

Do not stretch, turn or bend any cables of the PC!

7) Pull out slightly the PC towards the front of the terminal.

8) Remove the cover of the security board by releasing the four mounting screws (C).

9) Disconnect the plug connections of the security board.

10) Release the four mounting screws of the security board (D).

ATTENTION

Insert the PC sliding it carefully into the terminal, open the Front Large Door and pull the power cable a little bit to the back to avoid squeezing the cable.


!

!

Illustr. IX.13.4 Dismounting the security board

D

D

D

D

P a g e 4 5 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1 - Logic Door2 - PC Security Cover3 - Security Bill Door4 - Not used5 - Connection to the PC - I/O Card (RS-485)6 - Not used7 - Power Supply

1

432 7

5

6

Illustr. IX.13.5 Security board - Connectors

IX.13.4 Connectors

P a g e 4 5 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.14 Animation Display PC


IX.14.2 Function


IX.14.4 Exchanging the Animation Display PC

P a g e 4 5 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.14.2 Function

The animation display PC is a mere display medium indicating the winning numbers generated by the random generator of the Novo Unity Server.


Check the line voltage and if all plug connections are fixed properly on the PC.

IX.14.4 Exchanging the Animation Display PC

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective PC must be exchanged.

P a g e 4 5 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.14.1 Animation Display Service Door closed Illustr. IX.14.2 Animation Display Service Door open

Illustr. IX.14.3 Rear view Animation Display PC (Bandit) Illustr. IX.14.4 Rear view Animation Display PC (Booksize)

Dismounting instructions for the Animation Display PC(see illustr. IX.14.1 - IX.14.4):1) Switch off the main power switch and open the door.

2) Release all plug connections at the back of the PC.

3) Remove the bracket behind the PC by releasing both screw nuts.

4) Carefully take out the PC from the cabinet.


P a g e 4 6 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 6 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.15 Network Distributor (HUB)


IX.15.2 Function


IX.15.4 Exchanging the Network Distributor

P a g e 4 6 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.15.1 Network distributor (8-port HUB) Illustr. IX.15.2 Network distributor (16-port HUB)


Upon installation of the system, the network distributor (HUB) is set up at a suitable place, which should be in the vicinity of the terminals.

IX.15.2 Function

The network distributor enables the communication of several PCs with each other, that means that several PCs (terminals) can access one server (Novo Unity Server PC).


Check that the plug connections on the network distributor are connected properly. If the red power LED does not glow, the voltage must be checked. Every input is assigned its own LED. If this LED glows, that indicates that:.) The cable has been connected correctly..) The PC at the end of the connections is powered up.

IX.15.4 Exchanging the Network Distributor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the network distributor must be exchanged.

Dismounting instructions for the Network Distributor1) Shut down the Novo Unity Server program and switch off the installation.

2) Release all plug connections from the network distributor.

3) Exchange the network distributor (HUB).


P a g e 4 6 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.16 Barcode Reader (Cashdesk)

IX.16.1 Barcode Reader

IX.16.2 Operation

IX.16.3 Cashdesk Program

IX.16.4 Security

IX.16.5 Tickets

P a g e 4 6 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.16.1 Barcode Reader

The barcode reader is connected to the cash desk PC via a serial interface. It is used to scan in tickets.

IX.16.2 Operation

To scan in a ticket approach it to the barcode reader starting at a distance of about 20 cm away from the reader. After the barcode has been detected and read the ticket is clearly identified by the proprietary cashdesk program specifically developed for this purpose. This program compares the 40-digit encrypted barcode (ticket number) with all tickets stored in the Novo Unity Server database and confirms it by sending a visual release signal (green bar with the corresponding payout amount).

IX.16.3 Cashdesk Program

This program verifies the authenticity of a ticket using the barcode reader.

The cashdesk program is installed on a WINDOWS XP computer (or higher version) which is connected to the Novo Unity Server to enable data transfer. The ticket data are sent from the terminals to the Novo Unity Server PC, where they will be stored. After a ticket has been scanned with the barcode reader the cashdesk PC will compare the ticket data with those stored on the Novo Unity Server PC. If the data agree a copy of the ticket data will be made on the cashdesk PC and the payout will be released.

IX.16.4 Security

Paper:Special paper using ultraviolet imprint provides high counterfeit protection. The imprint glows when held under an UV lamp (e.g. device used to detect counterfeit bills).

Barcode Reader:The barcode reader detects only 40-digit barcodes with Interleaved 2/5 Codes.

P a g e 4 6 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.16.5 Tickets

Depending on the printer installed in the terminal the following information is indicated on the ticket. The data are also included in the barcode to guarantee the authenticity of a ticket. All tickets that are scanned can only be paid out once. Should a ticket be scanned a second time, an alert message is displayed on the screen. Ticket-related parameters can be set on the Novo Unity Server.

For detailed information please see part V Novo Unity Server, section V.3.1.2.1.12 Ticket.

IX.16.5.1 Seiko Ticket

Casino NameStreetname and no.City, country and zip code

Barcode

Date, Time, Ticket no.

Payout amount

Valid time, Terminal no.

Ticket Logo

Day, Date, Time

Barcode

Payout amount

Valid time

Terminal no., Ticket no., Game no.

IX.16.5.2 Ithaca Ticket

P a g e 4 6 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 6 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.17 Monitor (Server)


IX.17.2 Function


IX.17.4 Exchanging the Monitor

P a g e 4 6 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Please see illustrations IX.6 - IX.10 on pages 380 - 384.

IX.17.2 Function

Type: A) LCD/TFT Display 19z AU Optronics Corporation or compatible used for on-screen display of the Novo Unity Server program (Novo Unity Server) or the Game Manager and Game Server program (Game Server).

B) LCD/TFT Display 10.4z TVS or compatible (Game Server for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™) used for on-screen display of the Game Manager and Game Server program.

Illustr. IX.17.1 10.4" LCD/TFT Display Dealer Board (Game Server)


Type A LCD/TFT Display 19zMake sure that the monitor is anchored properly in its mounting.Check the connectors of the monitor cable.

Type A LCD/TFT Display 10.4zPlease contact the Technical Support of AGI in the event of any problems.

IX.17.4 Exchanging the 19z Monitor

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective monitor must be exchanged.

P a g e 4 6 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.17.2 Dismounting the 19z monitor (Novo Unity Server/Game Server)

Dismounting instructions for the 19z Monitor (see illustr. IX.17.2):1) Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the Novo Unity

Server cabinet.

2) Wait for the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to shut down (depending on the setting on the Novo Unity Server this will take maximally ten minutes).

3) Open the Server Display Door.

4) Disconnect the power supply cable and the VGA cable from the monitor.

5) Unscrew the micro switch (A) from the mounting angle by removing both screw nuts and the washers.

6) Unscrew the monitor from the left and right mounting angle (B) by removing both screws.

7) Lay down the monitor unit onto the Novo Unity Server cabinet and unscrew the monitor's grip.

8) Change the monitor.


B B

A

P a g e 4 7 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 7 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.18 Server PC


IX.18.2 Function


IX.18.4 Exchanging the Server PC

IX.18.5 Raid System of the Novo Unity Server

P a g e 4 7 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.18.1 Novo Unity Server PC (Booksize)



IX.18.2 Function

The Novo Unity Server represents as central-server the basis of the system where setup, statistic, accounting, trace and game-related data are stored. Therefore all settings of server- and game-related parameters has to be performed on the Novo Unity Server PC. The Novo Unity Server PC provides also reporting tools and RAID protection for enhanced data security.

The Game Server PC controls the details of the course of the game and transmits all game-related data (win numbers, game phases) to the linked terminals.


Check that all plug connectors are connected properly to the server PC.

IX.18.4 Exchanging the Server PC

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective server PC must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.18.2 Game Server PC (Booksize)

P a g e 4 7 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03 Dismounting instructions for the Novo Unity / Game Server PC (see illustr. IX.18.1 - IX.18.4):1) Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the Novo Unity

Server cabinet.

2) Wait for the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to shut down (this will take maximal ten minutes depending on the setting on the Novo Unity Server).

3) Open the Server Front Door.

4) Remove the holding angel of the PC by releasing the fastening butterfly nut.

5) Open the Server Back Door.

6) Disconnect all connections from the PC.

7) Pull out the PC towards the front of the cabinet.


Illustr. IX.18.3 Novo Unity Server PC (Bandit)

Illustr. IX.18.4 Game Server PC (Bandit)

P a g e 4 7 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Insert slots for hard disks

Illustr. IX.18.5 Raid system of the Novo Unity Server PC

IX.18.5 Raid System of the Novo Unity Server


The raid system is situated next to the Novo Unity Server PC.(Please see illustr. IX.18.1 and IX.18.3.)

IX.18.5.2 Function

The raid system provides increased security because data are written simultaneously to two hard disks, that is the system always creates a back-up copy.


Please contact the Technical Support of AGI In the event of any problems.

P a g e 4 7 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.19 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)


IX.19.2 Function


IX.19.4 Exchanging the UPS

P a g e 4 7 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.19.2 Function

The UPS (uninterruptible power supply) allows the system to store data safely and shut down the current game in the event of a power failure. In addition, the UPS is capable of compensating power surges and power sags.If the line voltage does not comply with the requirements, the UPS will temporarily switch to battery operation.


UPS is switching itself off:Internal error: Do not use the UPS. Switch off the UPS immediately and have it examined.

All indicators light up, and the UPS emits a continuous warning signal:Internal error: Do not use the UPS. Switch off the UPS immediately and have it examined.

Sensitivity of UPS to power variances is set too high:To reduce the sensitivity of the UPS press the configuration button on the backside control panel. (Press 1x for reduced, 2x for low and 3x for normal sensitivity).If the UPS sensitivity setting is normal, the configuration LED glows brightly, when set to reduced, the LED glows dimly and when set to low, the LED is off. (These settings are made upon installation of the system by AGI's Technical Support team.)

The UPS charges its batteries when the device is connected to line voltage. The batteries are fully charged after the first 4 hours of normal operation time. During this initial charging period the UPS does not yet provide the full nominal capacity (bridgeover time).

As a default setting, the UPS issues a warn signal to indicate low battery when the battery can ensure another 2 minutes of operation.

DANGER

Do not open or damage batteries. Batteries contain toxic electrolyte that can cause skin and eye irritations!

IX.19.4 Exchanging the UPS

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective UPS must be exchanged.

P a g e 4 7 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.19.1 UPS (front view) Illustr. IX.19.2 UPS (back view)

Dismounting instructions for the UPS (see illustr. IX.19.1 and IX.19.2):1) Open the Server Display Door.

2) Login and shut down the server PC.

3) Close the Server Display Door.


5) Switch off the UPS by pressing the 0 button.

6) Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the server cabinet.

7) Open the Server Back Door.

8) Release all plug connections from the UPS, from the server PC and cut-off the binders.

9) Release both screws of the holding angles for the raid system and pull out the raid system towards the front of the cabinet.

10) Pull out the server PC towards the front of the cabinet.

11) Release the screws of the server PC drawer and remove it completely.

12) Dismount the holding angles (B) for the UPS by releasing the eight hexagon head screws (A) on the side wall and on the bottom of the server cabinet.

13) Exchange the UPS.


15) Switch on the UPS by using the I (Test) button at the top front.

A

B

A

P a g e 4 7 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 4 7 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.20 Modem


IX.20.2 Explanation

IX.20.3 Function


P a g e 4 8 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Please see illustration IX.6 on page 380 and illustrations IX.9 and IX.10 on pages 383 - 384 (inside the Novo Unity Server PC).

IX.20.2 Explanation

The modem facilitates the coordination of work between casino technicians and AGI's Technical Support team (employees of AGI) by providing a tool for both to view the desktop (the on-screen display of the program running on the terminal) at the same time. A remote program, NetSupport, allows the Technical Support to view software and hardware related technical problems from the point of view of the technician (game view).

IX.20.3 Function

The remote program runs on the server and on each terminal of the installation to support remote serviceability.

Security:In the normal game operation, the system is operated off-line, that means that there is no physical connection (modem cable) between the gaming system and the world outside. In the event of an error, the casino technician connects the modem cable to an existing telephone socket (direct ISDN line or direct analogue line).

Software security:A program version (Master) specially licensed for AGI, allows a remote log-on to the terminals (clients). The access is restricted exclusively to members of the Technical Support team of AGI.For security reasons, a protocol file is maintained at the Master registering every step that is performed on the terminal. This protocol file exists on each client and can be viewed by the authorised system administrator or casino technician. A comparison between the protocol file of the master and the protocol file of the client can be made at any time.

Visual control:The authorised casino technician can observe every step performed on the server or the client.


Check the connecting plug of the modem.In the event of any problems please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

P a g e 4 8 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.21 Server Interface Board


IX.21.2 Function

IX.21.3 Exchanging the Server Interface Board

P a g e 4 8 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03



IX.21.2 Function

The door switches of the server are connected to the server interface board. When Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ is installed, the Reader Heads and the maybe used dealer panel are additionally connected to the server interface board.

IX.21.3 Exchanging the Server Interface Board

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective server interface board must be exchanged.

Illustr. IX.21.1 Server interface board

Dismounting the Server Interface Board (see illustr. IX.21.1):1) Disconnect the power plug to make sure that all devices are powered off within the Novo Unity

Server cabinet.

2) Wait for the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to shut down (this will take maximal ten minutes depending on the setting on the Novo Unity Server).


4) Release all plug connections from the server interface board.

5) Release the fastening butterfly nut and raise the metal plate with the server interface board out of the holding angle.

6) Unscrew the server interface board from the fastening metal.


P a g e 4 8 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.22 Top Light

IX.22.1 Position on the machine

IX.22.2 Function

IX.22.3 Pin assignment of main wire loom

IX.22.4 Exchanging the Top Light

IX.22.5 Operating status indication of the Top Light

P a g e 4 8 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.22.1 Position on the machine

The top light is fixed on top of the terminal.

IX.22.2 Function

The top light indicates the various operation modes (Jackpot, error, service, etc.).


Pin Colour Function

01 brown +12V/DC(S)02 blue blue light03 black white light04 nc nc

IX.22.4 Exchanging the Top Light

Illustr. IX.22.2 Top Light - 8 Player Configuration

Dismounting instruction for the Top Light (see illustr. IX.22.1 or IX.22.2):Release the fixing screws and the plug connections from the top light and exchange the top light.

Illustr. IX.22.1 Top Light - Terminal FV680PC

P a g e 4 8 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.22.5 Operating status indication of the Top Light

IX.22.5.1 Novomatic Standard

The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (error, service call, etc.):

Blue light on:

The SERVICE button has been pressed.If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

White light is blinking quickly:

The device is in idle mode with a door opened.The light is blinking until the beginning of the next game.

Blue light is blinking slowly:

Error - the device is not ready for game play.The error message is displayed on the screen.


Blue light is blinking slowly and white light is blinking quickly:

Error - the device is not ready for game play.The error message is displayed on the screen and a door of the deviceis open.


Blue and white lights are blinking slowly:

A manual payout by the attendant is required (CANCEL CREDITS or HANDPAY button).Afterwards the lights go off.

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

White

Blue

P a g e 4 8 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.22.5.2 Bally France

The various operating statuses are indicated on the toplight (Jackpot, error, service call, etc.):

Green light is blinking quickly:

A limit has been reached.

After the manual payout the light goes off.

Red light on:

Error - the machine is not ready for game play.

The error message is displayed on the screen.Please see part VII Error Handling.

Red light is blinking slowly:

A door is open on the machine.

Yellow light is blinking quickly:

The SERVICE button has been pressed.

If the SERVICE button is pressed again by the attendant the light goes off.

Yellow light is blinking slowly:

The blackbox was removed or is damaged.

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

Green

Red

Yellow

P a g e 4 8 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.22.5.3 Ontario

At any one time, each of the two tower lights may be in one of the five states as follows:

1) “Off” means the light is off;2) “On” means the light is on continually;3) “Slow Flash” means the light is flashing regularly at a 500 millisecond interval;4) “Medium Flash” means the light is flashing regularly at a 250 millisecond interval;5) “Fast Flash” means the light is flashing regularly at 125 millisecond interval.

There are three separate methods by which a machine may be placed in an unplayable state:

1) “Administrative mode” means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state in order to access the setup or recall functions of a machine game.

2) “Disabled mode” means that an authorised person has placed the machine in an unplayable state for any reason other than those described in administrative mode.

3) “Tilt mode” means that the machine placed itself in an unplayable state due to some type of malfunction or an exception condition whereby the machine cannot return to a playable state without intervention by an authorised person.

Each of the following combinations of light states are displayed by the machine tower light to indicate the machine operational status that is described therewith until the status is changed by an authorised person:


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Off Off Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) closed._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Off Medium Flash Idle and the machine door(s) is (are) open._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Off Fast Flash Idle and the machine Cashbox Door is open._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On Off Change or another service request by patron and the machine door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On On Machine in disabled mode._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On Medium Flash The machine door(s) is (are) open and a) a patron is requesting change or another service; or b) the machine is in disabled mode.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

On Fast Flash The machine is in disabled mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

White

Blue

White

Blue

P a g e 4 8 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Off The machine is in tilt mode and its door(s) is (are) closed._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Slow Flash a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) closed; or

b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Medium Flash a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its door(s) is (are) open; or

b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Slow Flash Fast Flash a) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot combination and its Cashbox Door is open; or

b) The machine is displaying a hand-paid jackpot and has gone into tilt mode while its Cashbox Door is open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fast Flash Off The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) closed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fast Flash Medium Flash The machine is in administrative mode and its door(s) is (are) open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Fast Flash Fast Flash The machine is in administrative mode and its Cashbox Door is open.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Additional information:The Cashbox Door and machine door open operational status conditions have higher priority when more than one condition triggers the display of tower light.

P a g e 4 8 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.23 Airwheel for Novo Multi-Roulette™


IX.23.2 Function

IX.23.3 Description of Components

IX.23.4 Sensor Adjustment

IX.23.5 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

P a g e 4 9 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.23.1 Roulette wheel with plexiglass dome


Please see illustration IX.4 on page 360 and illustration IX.5 on page 361.

IX.23.2 Function

The mechanical Roulette wheel is used to determine the winning numbers. The determination of the winning numbers is completely random because the time when the ball is launched and the operating time of the fan vary in each game. For additionally enhanced randomness, the ball is launched alternately left and right. (Please see illustrations below.)

DANGER

The below service instructions are intended for trained and authorised personnel only.

P a g e 4 9 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

A C

B

Illustr. IX.23.2 Roulette bowl with cover and plexiglass dome removed

D

IX.23.3 Description of Components

Description of illustration IX.23.2:

A - No More Bets sensor (item no. 09600031) This sensor verifies whether the ball has come to rest on the number ring of the wheel. (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.)

B - Laser sensor cable (delivered attached to the sensor!) Power supply of the sensor.

C - Pocket sensor (item no. 09600021) This sensor verifies whether the ball has fallen into a pocket. (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.)

D - Adjusting screw This screw is used to adjust the height of the laser beams.

P a g e 4 9 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

FE

G

Illustr. IX.23.3 Roulette bowl with wheel and cone removed


E - Infrared sensor (Item no. 35500115) Sensor used to determine the winning number (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.)

F - Infrared sensor (item no. 35500115) Sensor used to determine the zero position on the Roulette wheel. (Please see section on sensor adjustment below.)

G - Ball collecting channel (item no. 31400029) This component takes the Roulette ball to the slide (ball launching mechanism).

P a g e 4 9 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03 Illustr. IX.23.4 Roulette bowl with ball channel removed

H

JI


H - Lift mechanism unit (lift motor item no. 17100027)

I - Adjusting nut This nut is used to adjust the height of the Roulette wheel.

J - Microswitches These two microswitches are used to adjust the lifting and lowering height (of the wheel cone and centrepiece).

P a g e 4 9 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.23.5 Roulette bowl (seen from below)

N

M

L

K


K - Wheel drive unit (item no. 40450307) (gear motor item no. 17100026 drive rings item no. 60400128)

L - Ball launching mechanism (slide) - complete unit (item no. 40450288) Takes the Roulette ball to the correct launching position.

M - Fan (radial fan) (item no. 17110006)

N - Wire-loom Airwheel (item no. 38000621-0) The four positions indicated mark the connections of the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller).

Additional spare parts:Ball flap foil (in the bowl - ball launch) item no. 25900019Roulette ball item no. 86820007PLC unit item no. 40450151

P a g e 4 9 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03


O - Cheese-head screws (3 or 4 pieces) These screws are used to adjust the wheel horizontally (screw only quite carefully mm by mm).

Illustr. IX.23.6 Adjustment of the axis (Roulette bowl seen from below)

O

P a g e 4 9 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description of the normal wheel operation

- Lift motor (cone with centrepiece) rises.

- The Roulette ball runs through drillings to drop into the ball collecting channel.

- One ball rolls into the air-operated ball launching mechanism (slide).

- Lift motor (cone with centrepiece) goes down.

- Roulette wheel starts to spin.

- The slide (ball launching mechanism) moves the ball into the respective launch position.

- The fan is activated and spins the Roulette ball through the launching tube into the Roulette wheel.

- The ball falls into a pocket.

- The ball is detected by the pocket sensor. The position of the wheel is determined by the lower infrared sensors. The second laser sensor is designed to ensure increased security (e.g. it detects the ball if it comes to rest on the number ring of the wheel).

P a g e 4 9 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.23.7 Ball detection

IX.23.4 Sensor Adjustment

NOTE

Concerning the Multi-Player Configuration (FS681PC) terminal 8 must be pushed away from installation, before adjusting the sensors located on the Roulette bowl.

ATTENTION

Open and fix the wheel door carefully. The plexiglass dome scratches easily.

Ball detection: (Move the wheel until number 0 is aligned in front of the sensor.)To adjust the Pocket sensor place the ball in the pocket centrally against the outer pocket wall separating the pocket from the number ring. Adjust the sensor so that the red dot is on the centre of the ball about 1 mm above the aluminium edge of the number ring (using the adjusting screw located on the outside of the sensor).

The control LEDs of the sensor must glow yellow and green when the ball is hit in the centre by the laser beam. The sensor must be so adjusted that only the green LED is on when the ball is placed against the left or the right compartment divider within the pocket.

The sensitivity of the sensor can be adjusted using the potentiometer located just behind the control LEDs.

The sensitivity must be increased if the sensor cannot detect the ball accurately (the beam hits the ball in the centre --> LEDs glow red and yellow).

If the detection area is too large the sensitivity must be decreased (yellow LED on the sensor does not go off when the ball is moved towards the left or the right side of the pocket).

!

P a g e 4 9 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.23.8 Number ring detection

Number ring detectionTo adjust the No More Bets sensor, first place the Roulette ball in a pocket against the pocket's outer wall separating the pocket from the number ring. The laser beam should now be about 2-3 mm above the ball. The ball should not be detected by the number ring detection sensor when it is in a pocket. The laser beam should hit the ball only if it comes to rest outside the pocket.When the beam hits the ball lying between the border of the bowl and the number ring, the control LED must glow green.

Two more sensors are located below the Roulette wheel.Lift the Roulette wheel (brown cone) using the lift motor and CAREFULLY lay the wheel beside the device (approx. 12 kg).

P a g e 4 9 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.23.9 Sensors must be adjusted towards the centre of the Roulette bowl

Infrared sensors (located underneath the wheel attached to the Roulette bowl)

ATTENTION

When adjusting the infrared sensors, it is advisable to also check the laser sensor for ball-in-pocket detection, as described in the procedures below.

The infrared sensors detect the black marks on the bottom side of the wheel. The inner sensor is responsible for the detection of the 0 position of the wheel. The outer sensor counts the narrow black marks (37 or 38) thus indicating the position of the wheel.

The sensors are accurately adjusted if:1) the black strips on the wheel run exactly through the centre of the outer sensor2) both sensors are not activated at the same time (LED 6 and LED 7 on the PLC input side must not

go off at the same time).

For an accurate adjustment of the infrared sensors, first choose a number, then slowly move the wheel to the right until LED 6 on the PLC goes off. Mark this position (e.g. by using a pencil).Now slowly turn the wheel to the left until LED 6 on the PLC goes off. Mark the position and move the wheel to the centre position just in between the two positions you have marked. Hold the wheel steady so that it will not move, place the ball in the pocket on which the laser sensor for the ball detection is directed.

The laser sensor must be adjusted so that1) it detects the ball if the ball is placed in about the centre of the pocket (LEDs glow green and

yellow) and2) it does not detect the ball any more if the ball is in the pocket and is moved to the left or to the right

against the dividers of the pocket (one LED on the sensor glows green, yellow goes off).

!

P a g e 5 0 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 5 0 1

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

00 wheel in lift position

01 wheel down position02 slide out03 slide in04 without function05 laser ball-in-pocket detection06 outer IR sensor07 inner IR sensor08 laser number ring detection09 without function10 doorswitch bowl11 without function

00 reversal (on=lifts wheel and changes direction of wheel spin to the left)

01 fan02 wheel drive03 without function04 wheel turn time change05 lift motor

06 slide motor07 without function

Input Function Output Function

IX.23.5 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

The PLC (programmable logic controller) is the electronic control unit of the Roulette wheel. It is responsible for the control and the evaluation of the sensors and the microswitches.

PLC assignment - inputs and outputs:

P a g e 5 0 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustr. IX.23.12 PLC - Front view

Illustr. IX.23.10 PLC cabinet

Illustr. IX.23.11 Exchange of the PLC

AA

A

B

C

P a g e 5 0 3

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

If an error occurs that cannot be cleared the defective programmable logic controller unit must be exchanged.

Dismounting instructions for the Programmable Logic Controller(see illustrations IX.23.10 - IX.23.12):1) Concerning the Stand-Alone Configuration (FS690) the Wheel Service Door has to be opened.

Concerning the Multi-Player Configuration (FS681) terminal 8 must be pushed away from installation.

2) Depending on the jurisdiction the PLC may be installed in a cabinet. In this case open the cabinet with the respective key.

3) Disconnect the main plug of the PLC and both plug connections from the PLC to the Roulette bowl (C).

4) In case of an existing fan release the clamp fixing the fan cable (B).

5) Release the three screws (A) of the fastening wood plate of the PLC unit and pull it out towards the front.

6) Exchange the PLC unit.

7) Reinstall the PLC unit following the above instructions in reverse order.

Illustr. IX.23.14 PLC - detail viewIllustr. IX.23.13 Relays R1 and R2 - detail view

P a g e 5 0 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 5 0 5

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.24 Camera

IX.24.1 Technical Data

IX.24.2 Screen-in-Screen System

P a g e 5 0 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.24.1 Technical Data

The cameras used are Pulnix TMC6700 and Pulnix TMC6760. They are modern high-speed colour cameras with a 24-bit resolution and reach a high image repeat rate of 60 frames/s, which allows a non-flickering reproduction of moving objects (e.g. Roulette wheel). Programmable frame grabbers enable reprogramming of the entire grabber hardware. The system is carefully adjusted to the connected camera and enables the transmission of image data to be transmitted via a network.

Please see illustrations in section II.9 Network Configuration.

IX.24.2 Screen-in-Screen System

The moving object is recorded by the camera, which is connected to an image capturing system. This system is located in the Game Server. The image data are recorded by the frame grabber, which transmits a section of the entire image to the Game Server and subsequently to clients (i.e. the terminals).

P a g e 5 0 7

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.25 Dealer Panel

IX.25.1 Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette™

IX.25.2 Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

P a g e 5 0 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03Illustr. IX.25.1 Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette™

IX.25.1 Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette™

As the Multi-Roulette system incorporates an electromechanical Roulette wheel, it is not standard that a dealer is employed.

However, a special solution offers the possibility of a manual ball launch carried out by a dealer instead of the automatic ball launch in standard case. Therefore the dealer panel will be connected to the server interface board in the Game Server cabinet. Afterwards a dealer can launch the ball manually by pressing the green button on the dealer panel in the “Finish Betting” game phase.

Please note that for this function the parameter Manual ball launch button has to be activated and the parameter Wheel Game Mode has to be set to Dynamic mode on the Novo Unity Server.

Please see also part V Novo Unity Server - section V.3.2.2.4 Multi-Roulette.

P a g e 5 0 9

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.25.2 Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

The dealer panel is connected to the server interface board in the server cabinet.

By pressing the red button on the dealer panel the dealer has the possibility to intervene in the game play in instances of a ball detection error caused by the Reader Heads or by an invalid spin.


After pressing the green button on the dealer panel the players will be informed about a dealer change by the message “Dealer has changed” displayed on all terminal screens.

Display:On the display of the dealer panel game relevant data like game phases, hot/cold number information, spin ball message, etc. can be provided to the dealer. In addition an acoustic signal can be activated appearing concurrently with the visual spin ball message. For detailed information on parameter settings affecting the dealer panel.

Please see part V Novo Unity Server - section V.3.2.2.3 Live-Roulette.

Illustr. IX.25.2 Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

P a g e 5 1 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e 5 11

H A R D W A R E

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.26 Reader Heads for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™

IX.26.1 Description of the Advanced Reader Heads

IX.26.2 Installation of the Advanced Reader Heads


P a g e 5 1 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

H A R D W A R E

45M

002P

1UK-

03

IX.26.2 Installation of the Advanced Reader Heads

The Reader Heads are mounted and adjusted upon the initial installation of the system at the location.

ATTENTION

The ball used for adjustment must be the same as the ball used for the actual game operation.The light situation during the adjustment procedure must correspond to the light situation during the game operation. An alteration of the lighting conditions after adjustment may cause an increased number of ball recognition failures.

At every subsequent restart of the system the Reader Heads will be reinitialised automatically.


If an error occurs please contact the Technical Support of AGI.

Reader Head

Illustr. IX.26.1 Roulette wheel with Reader Head

!

IX.26.1 Description of the Advanced Reader Heads

The Advanced Reader Head (ARH) sensor device enables the system to detect the winning number from virtually all types of Roulette wheels. For an utmost level of security, two Reader Heads are used and interconnected through the server interface board for data evaluation. The Advanced Reader Head sensor sends a signal, through the Game Server, to the connected terminals for the “No More Bets” message.

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Annex A

EC Declaration of Conformity

P a g e A 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X A

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e A 3

A N N E X A

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03


A N N E X A

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e A 5

A N N E X A

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03


A N N E X A

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e A 7

A N N E X A

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03


A N N E X A

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e A 9

A N N E X A

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e A 1 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X A

45M

002P

1UK-

03

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Annex B

List of Illustrations

P a g e B 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X B

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e B 3

A N N E X B

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Illustration Description Page

Illustr. 0.1 ID plate 2

Illustr. I.1 Dimensions Terminal FV680PC (in millimetres) 15Illustr. I.2 Dimensions Terminal FV680PC 8 Player Configuration (in millimetres) 15Illustr. I.3 Dimensions Square Top FV680PC (in millimetres) 16Illustr. I.4 Dimensions Terminal FV623PC (in millimetres) 17Illustr. I.5 Dimensions Square Tops FV623PC (in millimetres) 17Illustr. I.6 Dimensions bottom part FV623PC (in millimetres) 18Illustr. I.7 Dimensions 8 Player Configuration FS681 (in millimetres) 19Illustr. I.8 Dimensions Roulette Bowl FS690 (in millimetres) 20Illustr. I.9 Dimensions Novo Unity Server FS695PC / Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres) 21Illustr. I.10 Dimensions Game Server FS696PC (in millimetres) 22Illustr. I.11 Dimensions Dealer Board (in millimetres) 22Illustr. I.12 Dimensions Animation Display FS773 (in millimetres) 23Illustr. I.13 Dimensions Camera (in millimetres) 24Illustr. I.14 Description of Components Terminal FV680PC 25Illustr. I.15 Description of Components Terminal FV623PC 26Illustr. I.16 Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681 27Illustr. I.17 Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690 28Illustr. I.18 Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC 29Illustr. I.19 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC 30 for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™ 30Illustr. I.20 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC 31 for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ 31Illustr. I.21 Description of Components Game and Novo Unity 32 Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™ 32Illustr. I.22 Description of Components Game and Novo Unity 33 Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ 33Illustr. I.23 Description of Components Animation Display FS773 34

Illustr. II.1 Meter Interface 42Illustr. II.2 Door Switches Terminal FV680PC 43Illustr. II.3 Door Switch Server Display Door (FS695PC) 44Illustr. II.4 Door Switch Server Back Door (FS695PC) 44Illustr. II.5 Door Switch Server Front Door (FS695PC) 44Illustr. II.6 Door Switch Server Front Door (FS696PC) 45Illustr. II.7 Door Switch Server Back Door (FS696PC) 45Illustr. II.8 Door Switch Wheel Service Door 46Illustr. II.9 Door Switch Wheel Door 46Illustr. II.10 Data network configuration (Novo Multi-Roulette™ and Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™) 52Illustr. II.11 Data network configuration (Novo Flying-Roulette™) 53Illustr. II.12 Camera star layout network configuration 54Illustr. II.13 Camera daisy chain network configuration (optional) 55


A N N E X B

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Illustr. VII.1 Fuses and light diode on mains supply unit 323Illustr. VII.2 Main switch 323Illustr. VII.3 Position of audit key switch 325Illustr. VII.4 Example for an error message 325Illustr. VII.5 Memory chip FRAM FM24C04A-P 341Illustr. VII.6 FRAM position on the multi-Interface P425 341Illustr. VII.7 PLC-Power supply 349Illustr. VII.8 Plug connection from PLC to Roulette bowl 349Illustr. VII.9 Lift motor 351Illustr. VII.10 Limit switches for lift device 352Illustr. VII.11 Limit switches for the linear actuator motor 353Illustr. VII.12 Wheel drive motor 354Illustr. VII.13 Pivot arm of motor mounting 354Illustr. VII.14 Wheel drive motor - detail 354Illustr. VII.15 Worn drive rings 354Illustr. VII.16 Infrared sensors (from top) 355Illustr. VII.17 Alignment of infrared sensors 355Illustr. VII.18 Foil on underneath side of wheel 355Illustr. VII.19 Voltage control board P500 356Illustr. VII.20 Evaluation electronics board P328 357Illustr. VII.21 Rectangular sensor 358Illustr. VII.22 Cylindric sensor 358Illustr. VII.23 Ball transport tracks 359Illustr. VII.24 Ball transport tracks - detail 359Illustr. VII.25 Connections of the Reader Heads 362

Illustr. VIII.1 Cleaning of the bill acceptor 365

Illustr. IX.1 Description of Components Terminal FV680PC 375Illustr. IX.2 Description of Components Terminal FV623PC 376Illustr. IX.3 Block diagram 377Illustr. IX.4 Description of Components 8 Player Configuration FS681 378Illustr. IX.5 Description of Components Roulette Bowl FS690 379Illustr. IX.6 Description of Components Novo Unity Server FS695PC 380Illustr. IX.7 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC 381 for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™ 381Illustr. IX.8 Description of Components Game Server FS696PC 382 for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ 382Illustr. IX.9 Description of Components Novo Unity and Game 383 Server FS695PC for Novo Multi- and Flying-Roulette™ 383Illustr. IX.10 Description of Components Novo Unity and Game 384 Server FS695PC for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ 384Illustr. IX.11 Description of Components Animation Display FS773 385

P a g e B 5

A N N E X B

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Illustr. IX.1.1 Fuses and LED on main power supply unit 388Illustr. IX.1.2 Main switch 388Illustr. IX.1.3 Exchange of the main power supply 390Illustr. IX.1.4 Modular power supply 391Illustr. IX.2.1 Exchange of the switching power supply 395Illustr. IX.3.1 Exchanging the bill acceptor WBA 398Illustr. IX.3.2 Exchanging the bill acceptor UBA 398Illustr. IX.3.3 Components WBA-25-SS2 399Illustr. IX.3.4 Components UBA 399Illustr. IX.3.5 Collecting bills - WBA-25-SS2 400Illustr. IX.3.6 Collecting bills - UBA 400Illustr. IX.3.7 Removing jammed bills - WBA-25-SS2 401Illustr. IX.3.8 Removing jammed bills - UBA 401Illustr. IX.3.9 Acceptor unit 402Illustr. IX.3.10 Dip switches before adjustment 402Illustr. IX.3.11 Dip switches after adjustment 402Illustr. IX.4.1 Coin acceptor in the machine 405Illustr. IX.4.2 Coin acceptor mounting 405Illustr. IX.5.1 Exchange of the hopper 408Illustr. IX.5.2 Pin assignment of the hopper (back side) 409Illustr. IX.5.3 Exploded diagram of the hopper (MK IV) 410Illustr. IX.6.1 Ticket Printer (in the bill acceptor hood) 412Illustr. IX.6.2 Service Door - opened 412Illustr. IX.6.3 Ticket Printer in the Top Large Door 413Illustr. IX.6.4 Ticket Printer Retainer 413Illustr. IX.6.5 Cover - Ticket Slot 413Illustr. IX.6.6 Ticket Slot 413Illustr. IX.6.7 Ticket Slot - Illumination 413Illustr. IX.6.8 Loading tickets 414Illustr. IX.6.9 Removing loaded tickets 415Illustr. IX.6.10 Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Status LED 416Illustr. IX.6.11 Ticket Printer Ithaca EPIC 950 - Firmware Upgrade 417Illustr. IX.7.1 Mechanical meters (top view) 421Illustr. IX.7.2 Meters unit (back view) 421Illustr. IX.7.3 Mechanical meters 421Illustr. IX.8.1 Exchanging the bill acceptor illumination 424Illustr. IX.8.2 Exchange of the meter illumination 424Illustr. IX.8.3 Exchanging the spotlights 425Illustr. IX.8.4 Exchanging the lamps on the number corona 425Illustr. IX.9.1 Dismounting the monitor (terminal) 428Illustr. IX.11.1 Connections of the multi-interface 434Illustr. IX.11.2 Exchange of the multi-interface 435Illustr. IX.12.1 Dismounting Bandit PC 439Illustr. IX.12.2 Dismounting Booksize PC 439Illustr. IX.12.3 Dismounting the PC Security Cover 440Illustr. IX.12.4 Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC 440Illustr. IX.12.5 Dismounting the Cover of the security board 440


A N N E X B

45M

002P

1UK-

03


Illustr. IX.12.6 Disconnecting the plug connections of the security board 440Illustr. IX.12.7 Position of the PC card - Booksize PC 450Illustr. IX.12.8 Connections PC card 451Illustr. IX.13.1 Dismounting the PC Security Cover 454Illustr. IX.13.2 Dismounting the bracket in front of the PC 454Illustr. IX.13.3 Dismounting the Cover of the security board 454Illustr. IX.13.4 Dismounting the security board 455Illustr. IX.13.5 Security board - Connectors 456Illustr. IX.14.1 Animation Display Service Door closed 459Illustr. IX.14.2 Animation Display Service Door open 459Illustr. IX.14.3 Rear view Animation Display PC (Bandit) 459Illustr. IX.14.4 Rear view Animation Display PC (Booksize) 459Illustr. IX.15.1 Network distributor (8-port HUB) 462Illustr. IX.15.2 Network distributor (16-port HUB) 462Illustr. IX.17.1 10.4" LCD/TFT Display Dealer Board (Game Server) 468Illustr. IX.17.2 Dismounting the 19z monitor (Novo Unity Server/Game Server) 469Illustr. IX.18.1 Novo Unity Server PC (Booksize) 472Illustr. IX.18.2 Game Server PC (Booksize) 472Illustr. IX.18.3 Novo Unity Server PC (Bandit) 473Illustr. IX.18.4 Game Server PC (Bandit) 473Illustr. IX.18.5 Raid system of the Novo Unity Server PC 474Illustr. IX.19.1 UPS (front view) 477Illustr. IX.19.2 UPS (back view) 477Illustr. IX.21.1 Server interface board 482Illustr. IX.22.1 Top Light - Terminal FV680PC 484Illustr. IX.22.2 Top Light - 8 Player Configuration 484Illustr. IX.23.1 Roulette wheel with plexiglass dome 490Illustr. IX.23.2 Roulette bowl with cover and plexiglass dome removed 491Illustr. IX.23.3 Roulette bowl with wheel and cone removed 492Illustr. IX.23.4 Roulette bowl with ball channel removed 493Illustr. IX.23.5 Roulette bowl (seen from below) 494Illustr. IX.23.6 Adjustment of the axis (Roulette bowl seen from below) 495Illustr. IX.23.7 Ball detection 497Illustr. IX.23.8 Number ring detection 498Illustr. IX.23.9 Sensors must be adjusted towards the centre of the Roulette bowl 499Illustr. IX.23.10 PLC cabinet 502Illustr. IX.23.11 Exchange of the PLC 502Illustr. IX.23.12 PLC - Front view 502Illustr. IX.23.13 Relays R1 and R2 - detail view 503Illustr. IX.23.14 PLC - detail view 503Illustr. IX.25.1 Dealer Panel for Novo Multi-Roulette™ 508Illustr. IX.25.2 Dealer Panel for Novo Touchbet Live-Roulette™ 509Illustr. IX.26.1 Roulette wheel with Reader Head 512

45M

002P

1UK-

03



Annex C

Novo CAM (Camera Analysing Module)

Version: 0.2.5.6 or higher

P a g e C 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e C 3

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Table of Contents

1 General Information C5

1.1 Network Configuration of the Novo Camera Analysing Module C5

1.2 Camera Placement C6

1.3 Drop-Down Menus C7

2 Configuration C15

2.1 Automatic Configuration Process C15

2.2 Advanced Configuration C23

3 Main Window C37


A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e C 5

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Ethernet

Novo Unity Server

Roulette Wheel

CameraTMC 6760

Ethernet Out

Ethernet Out

Ethernet In

Cam

era

Link

USB

USB Camera Module(NetLink Frame Grabber)

CameraServer PC

USB

Ethernet

Winning Number Camera Image

Game Server

Router

1 GB Switch

Animation DisplayNO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

NO BILLS

INSERT BILLS

Terminal 1

Terminal 2

Terminal XX

Ethernet

Camera EthernetData Ethernet

Ethernet

1 General Information

1.1 Network Configuration of the Novo Camera Analysing Module

Illustr. 1 Network Configuration of the Novo Camera Analysing Module


A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Roulette Wheel

CameraTMC 6760

αh

k

h (camera height) ≥ 2200 mmα (camera angle) ≤ 8°k (pocket ring diameter) = 450 mmF (focal length) ≥ 12 mm

NOTE

The above values have been determined for a pocket ring diameter (k) of 450 millimetres. If the pocket ring diameter is reasonably different, the values may need to be changed accordingly.

1.2 Camera Placement

To ensure the best possible quality and processability for the transferred image place the camera above the Roulette wheel as illustrated below:

Illustr. 2 Camera Placement

P a g e C 7

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1.3 Drop-Down Menus

1.3.1 Logged Out

Function:Across the top of the program window a menu bar with three drop-down menus is provided: Security Level, Detection and View.

Path: Security Level

Function:Users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights. After clicking on the Login command the following window will be displayed:

Description:User - Use the drop-down button to select the user (Supervisor, Administrator, Producer).Password - Enter the valid password.OK - Select the OK button to allow the password check.Cancel - Select the Cancel button to abort the process without logging in and to close the window.

Additional information:All characters entered by a user are displayed with an asterisk “*” in the edit window.

After login the following window appears confirming the security level of the user logged in. Select the OK button to continue:


A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: Detection

Function:Exit - Select this command to shut down the Novo CAM application.

Path: View \ Info

Info - Opens the below illustrated window showing software and copyright information.

P a g e C 9

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1.3.2 Logged In

Path: Security Level

After login the drop-down menu Parameters will be added to the menu bar provided across the top of the program window. Depending on the users access rights the menus contain certain commands described below.

Function:Logout - Use this command to terminate access.

Path: Detection

Function:Start Processing - Starts the Novo CAM application.Stop Processing - Stops the Novo CAM application.Automatic Configuration - Starts the automatic configuration process that can be executed after login

as Supervisor, Administrator or Producer. This configuration method leads through the process step by step and automatically detects the settings.

Advanced Configuration - Starts the advanced configuration process that can only be executed after login as Administrator or Producer. By selecting this configuration method it is possible to either go through the process step by step or to directly select one single setting that needs to be changed. The settings can be automatically defined but also manually, if the results of the automatic configuration are undesirable. Furthermore “Additional Settings” are offered that can only be modified after the advanced configuration method has been selected.

Exit - Select this command to shut down the Novo CAM application.

P a g e C 1 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Path: Parameters

Function:Load Parameters - Loads the default parameter file.Save Parameters - Saves configuration results in the default parameter file.Load Parameters From File - Opens a window where the desired parameter file can be selected.

Highlight the file and select the Open button to apply the settings saved in this file to the Novo CAM application.

Save Parameters To File - Saves specified configuration settings in a file that can be reloaded with the command “Load Parameters From File”.

P a g e C 11

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Function:Preview Window - Opens the below illustrated camera preview window where the whole

detection process can be watched.

INFORMATION

For the indication of the camera image the configuration has to be completed first.

Path: View \ Preview Window

P a g e C 1 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

System Status - Opens the below illustrated window showing information on the current system status of the Novo CAM application.

Path: View \ System Status

Description:System Status - Phases during the ball recognition process:

a) “IDLE”: Stand-by mode. b) “Wait Game”: Before the ball is launched. c) “Before Finish Betting”: Right after the ball has been launched. d) “Finish Betting”: During rotation of the ball in the rim. e) “Verify Lighting”: During rotation of the ball in the rim. f) “Win Detect”: After the ball has fallen into a pocket. g) “Win Celebrate”: After the winning number has been detected.

Frame Rate [fps] - The number of frames (images) processed by the Novo CAM application every second.

Game Phase - Game phase display (“Place Bets”, “Finish Betting”, “No More Bets” and “Win Celebrate”)

Error - Error display area.Ball Speed [rpm] - Speed of the ball in revolutions per minute (rpm).(Ball) Direction - Spin direction of the ball (clockwise / anticlockwise).Wheel Speed [rpm] - Speed of the Roulette wheel in revolutions per minute (rpm).(Wheel) Direction - Spin direction of the Roulette wheel (clockwise / anticlockwise)Winning Number - Detected winning number.OK - Closes the window.

P a g e C 1 3

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Log File - Opens the log file in a separate window (see below).

Path: View \ Log File

Description:DATE and TIME - Date and time of the event.DESCRIPTION - Designation of the event, for example: Game stopped / started, loading files and

parameters, register parameter limits, etc.Pg Up - Go to previous page.Pg Dn - Go to next page.Ln Up - Go back one line.Ln Dn - Go to next line.Home - Show first entry.End - Show last entry.Refresh - Performs an update (required only if the window is open for a longer period of


P a g e C 1 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Enter the file name in the edit field and accept the suggested folder to save the log file as a text file. The location can also be changed, but do not select the write protected disk C:\ !

Activate the check box next to “Read only”, if you would like to make sure that no changes can be made. Select the OK button to carry out the process.

INFORMATION

The Network button has no function!

Additional information:When the Options button is selected the below window will be displayed:

Description:Activate the respective check boxes in the left part of the window to select the types of events to be displayed. If no check box is selected, all events of the selected period will be displayed.

TIME OPTIONSLast Month - Shows all events of the last month.Last Week - Shows all events of the last week.Last Day - Shows all events of the last day.Last Hour - Shows all events of the last hour.Advanced - Press this button to activate the edit fields “from” and “to” to enter a selected

period.CANCEL - Closes the window.Set - Displays events for the selected period of time and closes the window.

When the Export button in the Log file window is selected the following window will be opened:

P a g e C 1 5

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

2) Select the command Automatic Configuration in the menu Detection to open the following configuration window.

3) Click on the Start button to start the configuration process beginning with the first step “Image Position”.

4) Manually adjust focus and zoom ring of the camera to obtain the best possible image.

2 Configuration

2.1 Automatic Configuration Process

1) Place the camera above the Roulette wheel as illustrated in section 1.2 Camera Placement.

Descriptive illustration

P a g e C 1 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

5) Use the arrow buttons to adjust image offset and size so that nothing is visible except for the Roulette bowl.

6) Select the applicable Bayer init (Bayer RGB colour filter array, CFA) by using the arrow buttons. Test all levels (0-3) and choose the number displaying the pockets of the Roulette wheel in their real colour.

7) Select the Accept button to save your settings.

8) Select the Continue button to proceed to the next step “Colour Adjustment”. 9) Determine the values for the Red and Blue Scaling Factor by using the sliders to adjust the camera

image to the lighting conditions of the casino. The values are correct when the red and green pockets are clearly distinctive from each other building the best possible contrast to the rest of the image.

P a g e C 1 7

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

10) Confirm with the Accept button and proceed to the next step “Rim Outer Border”. 11) Stop the Roulette wheel. 12) Launch the ball and click the Continue button. A video will be recorded to determine the position of

the rim.

13) Select the Accept button when the rim is closely covered by the circle displayed. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process.

14) Remove the ball and turn the Roulette wheel. 15) Click the Continue button. A video will be recorded to determine the position of the Roulette

wheel.

P a g e C 1 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

19) Select the Continue button. A video will be recorded to determine the position of the pocket ring. 20) Select the Accept button when the pocket ring is placed between both circles displayed. For all

other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process. 21) Click the Continue button. The video already recorded will be analysed to determine the position of

the green pocket.

16) Select the Accept button when the wheel is closely covered by the displayed circle with the rim completely outside. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process.

17) Click the Continue button. Skip the following setting Fast Spin Detection (deactivated by default). 18) Therefore select the Accept button without activating the check box in the Fast Spin Detection

window.

P a g e C 1 9

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

22) To display the detected result select the Continue button. 23) Select the Accept button when only the green pocket is blue highlighted and marked with a green

cross for (nearly) the whole video sequence. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process.

24) Click the Continue button. The video already recorded will be analysed to determine the position of the red pockets.

25) To display the detected result select the Continue button. 26) Select the Accept button when only the red pockets are blue highlighted for (nearly) the whole

video sequence. For all other cases use the Retry button to repeat the process by recording a further video for analysis.

P a g e C 2 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03 28) Place the ball in a black pocket between two red pockets and click the Continue button. The Roulette bowl will appear grey coloured. One sector of the pocket ring will be framed with a blue line.

27) Click the Continue button. The video already recorded will be analysed to determine the current lighting conditions in the casino (brightness, lighting spots, etc.). This analysis takes only a few seconds and does not require any confirmation.

29) Move the pocket with the ball into the framed sector. 30) After successful recognition the ball will be marked with a blue cross. Select the Accept button to

perform the calibration for the next sector. If the recognition has failed select the Retry button to repeat the process for the current sector or choose the Skip button to ignore the current sector.

P a g e C 2 1

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

ATTENTION

Please consider that not more than three sectors should be skipped during the complete “Ball in Pocket” calibration process!

31) Repeat the calibration for all sectors. 32) Click the Continue button to complete the configuration process. The following message will be

displayed:

!

33) Select the Yes button to save all settings defined during the configuration process. Finally the following window will be displayed:

34) Select the Default button to save in the default file or the Custom button to save in a new file.

P a g e C 2 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e C 2 3

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

2.2 Advanced Configuration

Function:The advanced configuration process can only be executed after login as Administrator or Producer. By selecting this configuration method it is possible to either go through the process step by step or to directly select one single setting that needs to be changed. The settings can be automatically defined but also manually after selecting the Advanced button.

NOTE

Please note that it is recommended to go through the automatic configuration process first. Only if the results are undesirable the advanced (manual) configuration should be considered!

Furthermore “Additional Settings” are offered that can only be modified after the advanced configuration method has been started.

P a g e C 2 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Depending on the selected button the following settings can be adjusted:

Configuration FlowImage Position - Image size, image offset and colour filter (Bayer Init -

(Bayer RGB colour filter array, CFA).Colour Adjustment - Red and blue scaling factor (adjustment of the lighting conditions).Rim Outer Border - Centre and outer diameter of the bowl.Rim Inner Border - Centre and outer diameter of the wheel.Pocket Ring - Centre, the inner and outer diameter of the pocket ring.Green Field - Binarisation thresholds for the colour and size of the green pocket.Red Fields - Binarisation thresholds for the colour of the red pockets.Light Condition - Determination of the current lighting conditions in the casino

(brightness, lighting spots, etc.)Ball in Pocket - Binarisation thresholds for the colour and size of the ball.

Additional SettingsTiming Settings - Time and speed limits during the ball detection process.Winning Number Results - Conditions to be fulfilled for the detection of a valid winning number.Ball Spinning - Thresholds for the brightness and size of the spinning ball.

Minimum number of ball rotations required for the validity of the game.Light Sensitivity - Setting how sensitive the system should be for changes in lighting conditions.Network Settings - Camera Server function, Game Server IP address and Image Channel of the USB

Camera Module (NetLink frame grabber)

Descriptive illustration

Open the Menu Detection and select Advanced Configuration to open the following configuration window:

P a g e C 2 5

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03 1) Select the Rim - Outer Border button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings

are correct when the rim is closely covered by the circle displayed. R4 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the circle displayed. X4 - To move the circle right (+) or left (-) along the horizontal axis. Y4 - To move the circle down (+) or up (-) along the vertical axis.

2.2.1 Configuration Flow

2.2.1.1 Rim Outer Boarder

P a g e C 2 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

2.2.1.2 Rim Inner Boarder

1) Select the Rim - Inner Border button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings

are correct when the wheel is closely covered by the circle displayed with the rim completely outside.

R3 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the circle displayed. X3 - To move the circle right (+) or left (-) along the horizontal axis. Y3 - To move the circle down (+) or up (-) along the vertical axis.

P a g e C 2 7

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1) Select the Pocket Ring button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings

are correct when the pocket ring is placed between both circles displayed. R1 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the inner circle displayed. R2 - To increase or decrease the diameter of the outer circle displayed. X1 - To move both circles right (+) or left (-) along the horizontal axis. Y1 - To move both circles down (+) or up (-) along the vertical axis.

2.2.1.3 Pocket Ring

P a g e C 2 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1) Select the Green Field button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings

are correct when only the green pocket is blue highlighted and marked with a green cross for (nearly) the whole video sequence.

Red - To set the maximal red intensity value. Green - To set the minimal green intensity value. Blue - To set the maximal blue intensity value. Green Field Area Min - To set the minimum size of the green pocket in pixels. Green Field Area Max - To set the maximum size of the green pocket in pixels.

NOTE

The colour settings (Red, Green, Blue) affect the blue marking of the green field while the green field area settings (Min and Max) affect the display of the green cross.

2.2.1.4 Green Field

P a g e C 2 9

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1) Select the Red Fields button. 2) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The

settings are correct when only the red pockets are blue highlighted for (nearly) the whole video sequence.

Red - To set the minimal red intensity value. Green - To set the maximal green intensity value. Blue - To set the maximal blue intensity value.

2.2.1.5 Red Fields

P a g e C 3 0 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

1) Select the Ball in Pocket button. 2) Place the ball in a black pocket between two red pockets. 3) Select the Advanced button to enter the values manually by using the arrow buttons. The settings

are correct when the ball is yellow highlighted and marked with a blue cross. Red - To set the minimal and maximal red intensity value. Green - To set the minimal and maximal green intensity value. Blue - To set the minimal and maximal blue intensity value. Ball In Area Min - To set the minimum size of the ball in pixels. Ball In Area Max - To set the maximum size of the ball in pixels.

NOTE

The colour settings (Red, Green, Blue) affect the yellow marking of the ball while the ball in area settings (Min and Max) affect the display of the blue cross.

2.2.1.6 Ball in Pocket

P a g e C 3 1

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

2.2.2 Additional Settings

2.2.2.1 Timing Settings

Description:Finish Betting Minimum Time - To set how many milliseconds the “Finish Betting” game phase

should take as a minimum.Finish Betting Maximum Time - To set how many milliseconds the “Finish Betting” game phase

should take as a maximum.Winning Number Detection Timeout - To set how many milliseconds the winning number detection should

take as a maximum.Win Celebration Time - To set the duration of the win celebration in milliseconds (only

relevant during offline mode).Critical Speed for NO MORE BETS - To set the speed of the ball in revolutions per minute (rpm) at which

the “No More Bets” game phase will be initiated.Cancel - To close the window without saving the settings.Accept - To save the settings and to close the window.

P a g e C 3 2 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

2.2.2.2 Winning Number Rules

Description:Number of Recognitions - To set how many results have to be detected during one winning number

recognition process.

[%] Critical Percentage - To set how many percent of the results must be identical for the determination of a valid winning number.

Minimum Wheel Speed - To set the minimum speed of the wheel in revolutions per minute (rpm) required for the validity of the game.

Cancel - To close the window without saving the settings.Accept - To save the settings.

P a g e C 3 3

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Ball Spinning Threshold - To set the threshold for the brightness of the ball. The brighter the ball, the

higher this value has to be set. This value has to be decreased when the ball recognition should be improved at the rim (for initiation of the “No More Bets” game phase), .

Ball SizeBall Out Area Min - To set the minimum size of the spinning ball in pixels.Ball Out Area Max - To set the maximum size of the spinning ball in pixels.

Valid SpinMinimum Revolutions - To set the minimum number of ball rotations required for the validity of the

game.Validation Level - To set the sensitivity of the system for ball recognitions within the rim zone of

the Roulette wheel (0 = high, 2 = low). This parameters should be set to 2 by default!

Cancel - To close the window without saving the settings.Accept - To save the settings.

2.2.2.3 Ball Spinning

P a g e C 3 4 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:To define how sensitive the system should be for changes in lighting conditions:

Sensitivity LevelLevel 1 - High - High sensitivityLevel 2 - Medium - Medium sensitivityLevel 3 - Low - Low sensitivity

ActionHalt on Light Change

- Activate this check box if the system should stop after winning number detection in cases of changes in the lighting conditions regarding to the sensitivity level.

Cancel - To close the window without saving the settings.Accept - To confirm the settings.

2.2.2.4 Light Sensitivity

P a g e C 3 5

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Game ServerGame Server IP - To enter the IP address of the Game Server.Game Type - To select the game installed on the Novo Unity Server.

Detector ModeOnline Mode - Activate this check box if the Camera Server PC is connected to the Game Server

for the game phase handling and the winning number determination. Deactivate this check box to specify the Camera Server PC as an additional control tool embedded in a Roulette system using reader heads for the winning number detection.

Image Channel - To define the image channel of the USB Camera Module (NetLink frame grabber): Game Server 1 = Image Channel 0, Game Server 2 = Image Channel 1, Game Server 3 = Image Channel 2.

Cancel - To close the window without saving the settings.Accept - To confirm the settings.

2.2.2.6 Users

Description:User - Use the drop-down button to select the user whose password

has to be changed.

Password for current security level - Enter the valid password for the user currently logged in. All characters entered are displayed with an asterisk “*”.

New password for selected user - Enter the new password for the above selected user. All characters entered are displayed with an asterisk “*”.

2.2.2.5 Network Settings

P a g e C 3 6 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

P a g e C 3 7

A N N E X C

© 08 2006 AGI GmbH

45M

002P

1UK-

03

3 Main Window

Function:After applying power to the Camera Server PC the main program window of the Novo CAM application will be automatically displayed. After selecting the Login command in the Security Level menu users can authenticate themselves by entering their password and subsequently will be given the respective user rights for the Novo CAM application.

Description:System Status - States of the application:

a) “RUN” indicates the game play mode. b) “IDLE” indicates the stand-by mode.

Game Phases - The activated radio button indicates the current game phase (“Place Bets”, “Finish Betting”, “No More Bets” and “Winning Number”).

Ball Spinning Status - The bar indicates the speed of the ball in revolutions per minute (rpm). The blue line indicates the speed value at which the “No More Bets” game phase is initiated.

P a g e C 3 8 © 08 2006 AGI GmbH

A N N E X C

45M

002P

1UK-

03

Description:Winning Number Status - The bar indicates how many percent of the required results are detected

for the determination of a valid winning number. The blue line indicates the critical percentage point. This value defines how many results are required to be identical for the determination of a valid winning number.

Determined Winning Number - Shows the valid winning number.Current Estimation - Shows the expected winning number during the detection process.Current Recognition - Shows the result just detected.

Documents

Novomatic UNITY Casinol